Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

[Mark One]

 

x      Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

 

OR

 

o         Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

for the transition period from          to          .

 

Commission file number 000-51466

 

CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

02-0636095

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(IRS Employer Identification No.)

incorporation or organization)

 

 

 

121 South 17th Street

 

 

Mattoon, Illinois

 

61938

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(217) 235-3311

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class:

 

Name of exchange on which registered:

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

NASDAQ Global Select Market

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES o  NO x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  YES o  NO  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES x  NO o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  YES o  NO o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”  and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer x

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  YES o  NO x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2010 was approximately $422,375,319 based upon the closing price of the Common Stock reported for such date on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each class of Common Stock, as of the latest practicable date:

 

Class

 

Outstanding as of March 3, 2011

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

29,763,122 Shares

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 3, 2011 are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

FORM 10-K

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page No.

Acronyms Used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K

1

Terminology Used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K

2

Forward-Looking Statements

3

Market and Industry Data

3

PART I

 

Item 1.

Business

4

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

28

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

40

Item 2.

Properties

40

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

40

Item 4.

[Removed and Reserved]

41

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

42

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

44

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

49

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

74

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

75

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

75

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

75

Item 9B.

Other Information

78

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate Governance

79

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

79

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

79

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

79

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

79

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

80

 



Table of Contents

 

Acronyms Used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K

 

CLEC

 

Competitive local exchange carrier

DSL

 

Digital subscriber line

EBITDA

 

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

ETFL

 

East Texas Fiber Line, Inc.

FASB

 

Financial Accounting Standards Board

FCC

 

Federal Communications Commission

GAAP

 

Generally accepted accounting principles

ICC

 

Illinois Commerce Commission

ICTC

 

Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company

ILEC

 

Incumbent local exchange carrier

IP

 

Internet protocol

IPO

 

Initial public offering

IPTV

 

Internet protocol digital television

ISP

 

Internet service provider

LIBOR

 

London interbank offer rate

NECA

 

National Exchange Carrier Association

NOL

 

Net operating loss

PAPUC

 

Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission

PAUSF

 

Pennsylvania Universal Service Fund

PUCT

 

Public Utility Commission of Texas

PURA

 

Texas Public Utilities Regulatory Act

RLEC

 

Rural local exchange carrier

SFAS

 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards

SONET

 

Synchronous Optical Network

TXUCV

 

TXU Communications Ventures Company

UNE

 

Unbundled network element

UNE-P

 

Unbundled network element platform

VOIP

 

Voice over Internet Protocol

 

1



Table of Contents

 

Terminology Used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K

 

Access line equivalents represent a combination of voice services and data circuits.  The calculations represent a conversion of data circuits to an access line basis.  Equivalents are calculated by converting data circuits (basic rate interface (BRI), primary rate interface (PRI), DSL, DS-1, DS-3, and Ethernet) and SONET-based (optical) services (OC-3 and OC-48) to the equivalent of an access line.

 

Competitive local exchange carriers (“CLECs”) are telecommunications providers formed after enactment of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 to provide local exchange service that competes with ILECs and other established carriers.

 

Digital telephone or VOIP service involves the routing of voice calls, at least in part, over the Internet through packets of data instead of transmitting the calls over the telephone system.

 

An exchange is a geographic area established for administration and pricing of telecommunications services.

 

Hosted VOIP is our broadband phone product that utilizes our soft switch to provide an Internet Protocol based voice service to business and residential customers.  The product provides the flexibility of utilizing new telephone technology and features provided by our hosted soft switch but does not require an investment in a new telephone system to use the advanced features.

 

Incumbent local exchange telephone companies (“ILECs”) are the local telephone companies that provided local telephone exchange service on the effective date of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, or their predecessors.  This designation is important because ILECs have statutory obligations that other telephone companies do not have.  For example, ILECs are required to give other carriers access to certain equipment (known as unbundled network elements) or to house equipment for other carriers (known as collocation), on reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms.  For more information, see Part I—Item 1—“Business—Regulatory Environment.”

 

Metro Ethernet is the use of carrier Ethernet technology in metropolitan area networks.  Metro Ethernet services are provided over a standard, widely used Ethernet interface and can connect business local area networks to wide area networks or to the Internet.  Metro Ethernet offers cost-effectiveness, reliability, scalability and bandwidth management superior to most proprietary networks.

 

MPLS or Multiprotocol Label Switching refers to a highly scalable data-carrying mechanism in which data packets are assigned labels.  Packet-forwarding decisions are made solely on the contents of this label, without the need to examine the packet itself.  This allows for end-to-end circuits across any type of transport medium, using any protocol.

 

Rural telephone companies provide communications services to geographic areas that are not heavily populated.  This designation is important because rural telephone companies are eligible to receive government subsidies to compensate for the disproportionate cost of providing service in low density areas.  In addition, ILECs that are statutory rural telephone companies, as defined in the Telecommunications Act of 1996, are exempt from some obligations to provide access to competitors.

 

Unified messaging is the integration of multiple messaging technologies into a single system.  With this application, voice mail, fax, cellular and other messages are sent to the email inbox.  From the email system, the messages can be heard, read or forwarded to others.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Any statements contained in this report that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. We use words like “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “target,” “project,” “should,” “may,” and “will” to identify forward-looking statements throughout this report.

 

Forward-looking statements reflect, among other things, our current expectations, plans, strategies, and anticipated financial results.  There are a number of risks, uncertainties, and conditions that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.  Many of these circumstances are beyond our ability to control or predict.  Moreover, forward-looking statements necessarily involve assumptions on our part.

 

All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements that appear throughout this report.  Furthermore, forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made.  Except as required under the federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we are not under any obligation to update any forward-looking information—whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.  You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

 

Please see Part I—Item 1A—“Risk Factors” of this report, as well as this report generally and the other documents that we file with the SEC from time to time, for important factors that could cause our actual results to differ from current expectations and from the forward-looking statements discussed in this report.

 

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

Market and industry data and other information used throughout this report are based on independent industry publications, government publications, publicly available information, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources.  Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not verified the information.  Some data is also based on estimates that members of management derive from their industry knowledge and review of internal surveys.

 

We cannot know, or reasonably determine, our market share in each of our markets or for our services because there is significant overlap in the telecommunications industry; it is difficult to isolate information regarding individual services.  For example, wireless providers both compete with and complement our local telephone services.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Item 1.   Business

 

General

 

Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, (“Consolidated”, the “Company”, “we”, “our” or “us”) operates its businesses under the name Consolidated Communications.  We are an established rural local exchange carrier (“RLEC”) offering a wide range of telecommunications services to residential and business customers in Illinois, Texas and Pennsylvania including: local and long-distance service; high-speed broadband Internet access (“DSL”); standard and high-definition digital television (“IPTV”); digital telephone service (“VOIP”); custom calling features; private line services; carrier access services; network capacity services over our regional fiber optic network; directory publishing and Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) services.  At December 31, 2010, we had 237,141 local access lines, 106,387 DSL lines, 29,236 IPTV subscribers and an estimated 81,090 CLEC access line equivalents.

 

We also operate two non-core complementary businesses:  telephone services to correctional facilities and equipment sales.

 

Founded in 1894 as the Mattoon Telephone Company by the great-grandfather of our current Chairman, Richard A. Lumpkin, we began as one of the nation’s first independent telephone companies.  After several acquisitions, the Mattoon Telephone Company was incorporated as the Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company (“ICTC”) on April 10, 1924.

 

In 1997, McLeodUSA acquired ICTC and all related businesses from the Lumpkin family.  In 2002, ICTC and several related businesses were reacquired from McLeodUSA by a group of investors led by Mr. Lumpkin.

 

In 2004, we acquired the rural telephone operations in Lufkin, Conroe and Katy Texas of TXU Communications Ventures Company (“TXUCV”) from TXU Corporation, which had been operating in those markets for over 90 years.  This acquisition approximately tripled the size of the Company.

 

On December 31, 2007, we acquired all of the capital stock of North Pittsburgh Systems, Inc. (“North Pittsburgh”).  North Pittsburgh provides services to residential and business customers in several counties in western Pennsylvania and also operates a CLEC in the Pittsburgh metropolitan area.

 

We are a Delaware corporation organized in 2002, and are the successor to businesses engaged in providing telecommunications services since 1894.

 

Available Information

 

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports are available on our website, at no charge, at www.consolidated.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronic filing or furnishing such information to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  Also available on our website, or in print upon written request at no charge, are our corporate governance guidelines, the charters of our audit, compensation and corporate governance committees, and a copy of our code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our chief executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller or other persons performing similar functions.  Information on our website should not be considered to be part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Business Overview

 

We derive our revenue principally from the sale of telecommunication services, including local and long-distance telephone (both traditional telephone service and VOIP), high-speed broadband Internet, and standard and high-definition digital IPTV services to residential and business customers in Illinois, Texas and Pennsylvania.  We also derive revenues from two complementary non-core businesses:  telephone services to correctional facilities and equipment sales.  Prior to December 2010, we also derived revenues from our Operator Services business which we sold as of November 30, 2010.  Prior to March 2010, we derived revenues from our telemarketing and order fulfillment business which we sold as of February 28, 2010.  We operate in two reportable segments: Telephone Operations and Other Operations.  Our Telephone Operations segment generates the substantial majority of our revenue and operating income and substantially all of our cash flow from operations.

 

Sources of Revenue

 

The following chart summarizes our sources of revenue for the last three years:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

(in millions, except for percentages)

 

$

 

% of
Revenues

 

$

 

% of
Revenues

 

$

 

% of
Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Local calling services

 

91.9

 

24.0

 

97.2

 

23.9

 

104.6

 

25.0

 

Network access services

 

81.7

 

21.3

 

86.3

 

21.3

 

95.3

 

22.8

 

Subsidies

 

48.7

 

12.7

 

56.0

 

13.8

 

55.2

 

13.2

 

Long-distance services

 

18.0

 

4.7

 

20.4

 

5.0

 

24.1

 

5.7

 

Data, Internet and video services

 

75.2

 

19.6

 

68.1

 

16.8

 

62.7

 

15.0

 

Other services

 

34.1

 

8.9

 

36.6

 

9.0

 

37.1

 

8.9

 

Total telephone operations

 

349.6

 

91.2

 

364.6

 

89.8

 

379.0

 

90.6

 

Other operations

 

33.8

 

8.8

 

41.6

 

10.2

 

39.4

 

9.4

 

Total operating revenue

 

383.4

 

100.0

 

406.2

 

100.0

 

418.4

 

100.0

 

 

Telephone Operations

 

Our Telephone Operations segment consists of local and long-distance calling services, network access services and subsidies, all of which are related to our traditional wireline business.  Our telephone operations segment also consists of data, Internet and video services (including DSL, IPTV and VOIP telephone service) and other services.  Our Telephone Operations segment had the following service lines as of December 31:

 

5



Table of Contents

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential access lines in service

 

140,660

 

146,766

 

162,067

 

Business access lines in service

 

96,481

 

100,469

 

102,256

 

Total local access lines in service

 

237,141

 

247,235

 

264,323

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VOIP telephone subscribers

 

8,640

 

8,665

 

6,510

 

IPTV subscribers

 

29,236

 

23,127

 

16,666

 

ILEC DSL subscribers

 

106,387

 

100,122

 

91,817

 

Total broadband connections

 

144,263

 

131,914

 

114,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLEC access line equivalents (1)

 

81,090

 

72,681

 

74,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total connections

 

462,494

 

451,830

 

454,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-distance lines (2)

 

172,856

 

165,714

 

165,953

 

Dial-up subscribers

 

1,354

 

2,371

 

3,957

 

 


(1)          CLEC access line equivalents represent a combination of voice services and data circuits.  The calculations represent a conversion of data circuits to an access line basis.  Equivalents are calculated by converting data circuits (basic rate interface, primary rate interface, DSL, DS-1, DS-3 and Ethernet) and SONET-based (optical) services (OC-3 and OC-48) to the equivalent of an access line.

 

(2)          Reflects the inclusion of long-distance service provided as part of our VOIP offering while excluding CLEC long-distance subscribers.

 

Our Telephone Operations segment generated approximately $115.4 million and $115.8 million of cash flows from operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  As of December 31, 2010, our Telephone Operations had total assets of approximately $1.2 billion.

 

Local calling services

 

These services include dial tone and other basic services.  We generally charge residential and business customers a fixed monthly rate for access to the network and for originating and receiving telephone calls within their local calling area.

 

Custom calling features include caller name and number identification, call forwarding and call waiting.  Value-added services include usage-based services and voice mail.  We usually charge a flat monthly fee for custom calling features and value-added services.  Otherwise, we bundle the selected services with local calling services at a discounted rate.

 

We offer private lines that provide direct connections between two or more local locations—primarily to business customers—at flat monthly rates.  In all of our markets, we offer small- and medium-sized businesses a hosted VOIP package, which utilizes a soft switch and allows the customer the flexibility of utilizing new telephone technology and features without investing in a new telephone system.  The package bundles local service, calling features, Internet Protocol (“IP”) business telephones and unified messaging, which integrates multiple messaging technologies into a single system, such as allowing the customer to receive and listen to voice messages through email.  We also offer a similar product to our residential customers in Texas, Pennsylvania and Illinois.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

Network access services

 

A significant portion of our revenue comes from network access charges paid by long-distance and other carriers for originating or terminating calls within our service areas.  These services allow customers to make or receive calls in our service area.  Our long-distance customers typically pay a monthly fee for this service.  In addition, other carriers pay network access charges for originating or terminating calls within our service areas.  These charges, which are regulated, also apply to private lines that connect a customer in one of our service areas to a location outside of our service areas.  Network access charges include subscriber line charges (a fee for being connected to the telephone network), local number portability fees (whereby consumers can keep their telephone number when changing carriers) and universal services surcharges, as well as the costs of originating and terminating calls from or to our local exchanges.  The amount of network access revenues we receive is based on rates set or approved by federal and state regulatory commissions that are subject to change at any time.

 

We record the details of long-distance and switched access calls through our carrier access billing system and bill the applicable carriers on a monthly basis.  The network access rates for intrastate long-distance calls and private lines within Illinois, Texas and Pennsylvania are regulated and approved by the Illinois Commerce Commission (“ICC”), the Public Utility Commission of Texas (“PUCT”) and the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission (“PAPUC”), respectively.  Access rates for interstate long-distance calls and private lines are regulated and approved by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”).  Illinois passed a statute in 2010 requiring intrastate access rates to be no higher than interstate access rates.  There is no effective regulation of the access rates by the ICC.  See “Regulatory Environment—Federal Regulation” and “Regulatory Environment—Access Charges”.

 

Subsidies

 

Subsidies consist of federal and state subsidies designed to promote widely available, quality telephone service at affordable prices in rural areas.  Subsidies come from pools to which we and other telecommunications providers, including local, long-distance and wireless carriers, contribute on a monthly basis.  Subsidies are allocated and distributed to rural carriers monthly based upon their respective costs for providing local service.  Like access charges, subsidies are regulated by federal and state regulatory commissions.  In Illinois, we receive federal but not state subsidies.  In Texas and Pennsylvania, we receive both federal and state subsidies.  See “—Regulatory Environment” and “Item 1A—Risk Factors—Regulatory Risks”.

 

Long-distance services

 

Long-distance services enable customers to make calls that terminate outside their local calling area.  We offer a variety of long-distance plans, including an unlimited calling plan, and offer a combination of subscription and usage fees.

 

Data, Internet and video services

 

Data, Internet and video services include revenues from providing access to the Internet and IPTV services along with providing non-local private lines (typically inter-city).  We also offer a variety of data connectivity services, including Metro Ethernet services (both copper and fiber-based), Asynchronous Transfer Mode and frame relay networks.  In select markets, we also provide virtual hosting services and collocation services.

 

Although we expect our revenues from data, Internet and video services to grow substantially, these products typically generate lower margins than our traditional wireline business (primarily due to a

 

7



Table of Contents

 

lack of subsidies for this revenue stream).  As a result, as we replace traditional wireline revenue with revenue from data, Internet and video services, our margins may decline.  See “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Trends and Factors that May Affect Future Operating Results”.

 

Other services

 

Other services include revenues from telephone directory publishing, wholesale transport services on our fiber-optic network in Texas, billing and collection services, inside wiring service and maintenance.

 

Other Operations

 

Prior to 2010, our Other Operations segment consisted of Prison Services, Business Systems, Market Response (telemarketing and order fulfillment) (“CMR”) and Operator Services.  During 2010, we sold both our CMR and Operator Services businesses.  Our on-going Other Operations segment consists of two complementary non-core businesses:

 

·                  Prison Services provides local and long-distance service and automated calling service for correctional facilities.

 

·                  Business Systems sells and supports telecommunications equipment, such as key, private branch exchange (PBX) and IP-based telephone systems, to business customers in Texas and Illinois.  We are an Avaya and ShureTel distributor.

 

Our Other Operations segment used approximately $0.4 million of cash flows for operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 and generated approximately $0.5 million in cash flow from operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.  As of December 31, 2010, Other Operations had total assets of approximately $8.0 million.

 

See “Item 1A—Risk Factors—Risks Relating To Our Business—The State of Illinois is a significant customer, and our contracts with the state are favorable to the government.”

 

Wireless partnerships

 

Wireless partnership investment income is included as a component of other income.  This includes our limited partnership interests in Boulevard Communications, a competitive access provider, and five cellular partnerships: GTE Mobilnet of South Texas, GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17, Pittsburgh SMSA, Pennsylvania RSA 6(I) and Pennsylvania RSA 6(II).

 

We own 2.34% of GTE Mobilnet of South Texas Limited Partnership (“Mobilnet South Partnership”).   The principal activity of the Mobilnet South Partnership is providing cellular service in the Houston, Galveston and Beaumont, Texas metropolitan areas.  Because we have a minor ownership interest and cannot influence operations, we account for this investment using the cost basis.  Income is recognized only on cash distributions paid to us up to our proportionate earnings in the partnership.  We recognized income on cash distributions of $5.3 million from this partnership for the year ended December 31, 2010, and $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

We own 17.02% of GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17, which serves areas in and around Conroe, Texas.  Because we have some influence over the operating and financial policies of this partnership, we account for the investment under the equity method, recognizing income based on the proportion of the earnings generated by the partnership that would be allocated to us.  Cash distributions are recorded as a

 

8



Table of Contents

 

reduction in our investment amount.  For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we recognized income from this partnership of $4.9 million and $4.0 million, respectively and received cash distributions of $4.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

 

San Antonio MTA, L.P., a wholly owned partnership of Cellco Partnership (doing business as Verizon Wireless), is the general partner for both GTE Mobilnet of South Texas and GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17.

 

We own 3.6% of Pittsburgh SMSA, 16.6725% of Pennsylvania RSA 6(I) and 23.67% of Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) wireless partnerships, all of which are majority owned and operated by Verizon Wireless.  These partnerships cover territories that almost entirely overlap the markets served by our Pennsylvania ILEC and CLEC operations.  Because of our limited influence over Pittsburgh SMSA, we account for the investment using the cost basis.  For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we recognized income on cash distributions from Pittsburgh SMSA of $6.5 million and $6.3 million, respectively.  The Pennsylvania RSA 6(I) and RSA 6(II) partnerships are accounted for under the equity method.  For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we recognized income of $10.7 million and $9.1 million, respectively, and received cash distributions of $10.9 million and $8.3 million, respectively, from these partnerships.

 

Boulevard Communications, L.L.P. is a Pennsylvania limited liability partnership equally owned by us and a company in the Armstrong Holdings, Inc. group of companies.  Boulevard provides point-to-point data services to businesses in western Pennsylvania, including access to Internet Service Provider’s (“ISP’s”), connections to inter-exchange carriers, and high-speed data transmission.

 

Customers and Markets

 

Our Illinois local telephone markets consist of 35 geographically contiguous exchanges serving predominantly small towns and rural areas.  We cover an area of 2,681 square miles, primarily in five central Illinois counties: Coles, Christian, Montgomery, Effingham and Shelby.  We provide basic telephone services in this territory with 61,308 local access lines (averaging 22.9 lines per square mile) as of December 31, 2010.  Approximately 56.1% of our Illinois local access lines serve residential customers, with the remainder serving business customers.  Our Illinois business customers are predominantly small retail, commercial, light manufacturing and service industry accounts, as well as universities and hospitals.

 

Our 21 exchanges in Texas serve three principal geographic markets—Lufkin, Conroe and Katy—in a 2,054 square mile area.  We provide basic telephone services in this territory with 124,548 local access lines (averaging 60.6 lines per square mile) as of December 31, 2010.  Approximately 64.6% of our Texas local access lines serve residential customers, with the remainder serving business customers.  Our Texas business customers are predominately manufacturing and retail industries; our largest business customers are hospitals, local governments and school districts.

 

The Lufkin market is centered primarily in Angelina County in east Texas, approximately 120 miles northeast of Houston, and extends into three neighboring counties.  The area is a center for the lumber industry and includes other significant industries such as education, healthcare, manufacturing, retail and social services.

 

The Conroe market is located primarily in Montgomery County and is centered approximately 40 miles north of Houston.  Parts of the Conroe operating territory extend south to within 28 miles of downtown Houston, including parts of the affluent suburb of The Woodlands.  Major industries in this market include education, healthcare, manufacturing, retail and social services.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

The Katy market is located in parts of Fort Bend, Harris, Waller and Brazoria Counties and is centered approximately 30 miles west of downtown Houston along the busy and expanding I-10 corridor.  Most of the Katy market is considered part of metropolitan Houston, with major industries including administrative, education, healthcare, management, professional, retail, scientific and waste management services.

 

The Pennsylvania ILEC territory consists of nine exchanges and covers 285 square miles, serving portions of Allegheny, Armstrong, Butler and Westmorland Counties in western Pennsylvania.  The southernmost point of the ILEC territory is 12 miles north of the city of Pittsburgh.  We provide basic telephone services in this territory, with 51,285 local access lines (averaging 179.9 lines per square mile) as of December 31, 2010.  Approximately 50.3% of our Pennsylvania local access lines in this territory serve residential customers and the remainder service business customers.  The CLEC operations expand south to serve the city of Pittsburgh and north to serve the city of Butler.  The CLEC primarily targets small to mid-sized businesses, educational institutions, and healthcare facilities.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Telephone Operations

 

The key components of our overall marketing strategy in the Telephone Operations segment include:

 

·      Positioning ourselves as a single point of contact for our customers’ communications needs;

·      Providing customers with a broad array of voice, data and video services and bundling these services whenever possible;

·      Providing excellent customer service, including 24-hour, 7-days a week centralized customer support to coordinate installation of new services, repair and maintenance functions;

·      Developing and delivering new services to meet evolving customer needs and market demands; and

·      Leveraging our history and involvement with local communities and expanding “Consolidated Communications” and “Consolidated” brand recognition.

 

Our consumer sales strategy is focused on increasing our penetration of broadband services (especially DSL and IPTV) in our service areas.  We are also focused on cross-selling our services, developing additional services to maximize revenues and increase revenues per user, and increasing customer loyalty through superior service, local presence and compelling product offerings.

 

Our Telephone Operations segment currently has three sales channels: call centers, communication centers and commissioned sales people.  Our customer service call centers serve as the primary sales channels for residential and small business customers.  We also have a group of commissioned sales people, called our “Feet on the Street” team, who focus on the consumer segment.  This team canvasses our territories offering residential customers our full suite of products, leading with our triple-play bundled offering of voice, DSL, and IPTV services.  In addition to being a strong sales point of contact, this sales effort also helps us to identify and address customer service issues, if any, on a proactive, face-to-face basis.  This team of individuals can be scaled up or down to match our business needs, including, for example, if we launch a new product.

 

In both the ILEC and CLEC markets, we have sales teams led by a manager who has geographic market responsibility.  Sales representatives/account managers support the existing base of larger business customers and new prospects.  Individual sales representatives are responsible for the entire telecom

 

10



Table of Contents

 

product set, customize proposals to meet the customer needs (access lines, long-distance, Metro-Ethernet circuits, data connectivity, hosted VOIP and business systems) and in most cases are charged with retaining and growing the telecom services within their account base.

 

Our customers also can visit one of our seven communications centers to address various communications needs, including paying bills or exploring and purchasing new services.  We believe that customer availability to communication centers has helped decrease late payments and bad debt, and reinforces our local presence.

 

Our Telephone Operations sales efforts are supported by direct mail, bill inserts, newspaper advertising, public relations activities, sponsorship of community events and website promotions.

 

Our Directory Publishing business is supported by a dedicated sales force, which is focused on each of the directory markets in order to maximize sales with both traditional print and online advertising products.  We believe the directory business has been an efficient tool for marketing our telecom services and for promoting brand development and awareness.

 

Our Transport Services business has a sales force of commissioned sales people specializing in wholesale transport products.

 

Other Operations

 

Each of our Other Operations businesses executes our sales and marketing strategy primarily through an independent sales and marketing team comprised of dedicated field sales account managers, management and service representatives.  Our executives enhance these efforts by attending industry trade shows and assuming leadership roles in industry groups including the U.S. Telecom Association, the Associated Communications Companies of America, and the Independent Telephone and Telecommunications Alliance.

 

Information Technology and Support Systems

 

Our information technology and support systems staff is a seasoned organization that supports day-to-day operations and develops system enhancements.  The technology supporting our Telephone Operations segment is centered on a core of commercially available and internally maintained systems.

 

We have successfully migrated most of the key business processes from previous acquisitions into a single Company-wide system and platform, which includes common network provisioning, network management, workforce management systems and financial systems.  Our core systems and hardware platforms are expandable.

 

Network Architecture and Technology

 

All of our local networks are based on Carrier Serving Area (“CSA”) architecture.  CSA architecture allows access equipment to be placed closer to customer premises, which means customers can be connected to the equipment over shorter copper loops than would be possible if all customers were connected directly to the carrier’s main switch.  The access equipment is connected back to the main switch on a high capacity fiber circuit, resulting in extensive fiber deployment throughout our network, enabling us to provide broadband services in excess of 20 megabits per second (“mbps”) to customers.

 

A single engineering team is responsible for the overall architecture and inter-operability of the various elements within our network.  Our network operations center (“NOC”) in Mattoon, Illinois

 

11



Table of Contents

 

monitors the performance of our enterprise-wide communications network around the clock and deals with customer-specific issues.  We believe our NOC allows us to maintain superior network performance standards using common network systems and platforms, allowing us to quickly and efficiently provide weekend and after-hours coverage in all of our markets while allocating personnel to manage fluctuations in our workload volumes in a more efficient manner.

 

Our network is supported by advanced 100% digital switches, with a fiber network connecting 64 of our 65 exchanges.  These switches provide all of our local telephone customers with access to custom calling features, value-added services and dial-up Internet access.  We have four additional switches: one that supports feature-rich VOIP, two dedicated to long-distance service and one that supports our Prison Services business.

 

We have developed a high-quality 100% digital switching network, comprising 65 central offices and 485 CSAs.  The CSA architecture has enabled us to provide DSL service, with speeds up to 6 mbps, to over 96% of our DSL lines.  In addition, we have deployed fiber-optic cable extensively throughout our network, resulting in a 100% fiber backbone network that supports all of the inter-office and host-remote links, as well as the majority of business parks within our ILEC service areas.

 

As a result of our advanced network, we introduced IPTV service in selected Illinois markets in 2005, Texas markets in 2006 and Pennsylvania markets in 2008.  As of December 31, 2010, IPTV was available to approximately 205,000 homes in our markets.  Our IPTV subscriber base continues to grow and now totals 29,236 subscribers as of December 31, 2010.  We do not anticipate having to make any material capital upgrades to our network infrastructure in connection with the continued growth of our IPTV product except for providing set-top boxes to future subscribers and adding head-end equipment and capacity as we further increase our high-definition channel offerings.

 

We also operate a 2,000 mile fiber network in the State of Texas.  Approximately 52% of this network consists of cable sheath that we own, either directly or through our majority-owned subsidiary East Texas Fiber Line, Inc. (“ETFL”).

 

For the remaining route-miles of this network, we utilize strands on third-party fiber networks under contracts commonly known as indefeasible rights of use (“IRU”).  An IRU conveys the right to use (including the right to lease to others) a number of fiber strands between two points along a specific route, with the grantee usually having the right to access the fibers at intermediate points along the route.  The use of IRU’s provides us with long-term availability of a fixed amount of capacity at a set price in order to meet our business needs without the cost of constructing our own network.  Besides the initial cost to acquire the IRU, we are also typically required to pay an ongoing maintenance fee.  The use of IRU’s is a common practice among telecommunications companies.

 

We sell competitive wholesale capacity on our fiber network to other carriers, wireless providers, CLECs and large commercial customers.  In addition, this fiber infrastructure provides the connectivity required to provide IPTV, Internet and long-distance services to all Consolidated residential and enterprise customers.

 

In Pennsylvania, we operate a CLEC with an extensive network consisting of over 575 route miles of fiber-optic facilities in the Pittsburgh metropolitan area.  The CLEC has placed equipment in 27 Verizon central offices and one CenturyLink central office, and serves its customers using UNE loops, VOIP and Metro Ethernet circuits (both copper and fiber-based).  In the Pittsburgh market, the CLEC operates a carrier hotel that serves as the hub for its fiber-optic network.  We offer space in this carrier hotel to ISPs, long-distance carriers, other CLECs, and other customers who need a carrier-class location to house voice and data equipment and access to a number of networks, including ours.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Employees

 

At December 31 2010, we had 970 full-time and 21 part-time employees.  Approximately 49% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements as shown in the table below:

 

Location

 

# of
Employees
Covered

 

Union
(1)

 

Contract
Expiration
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Illinois

 

203

 

IBEW

 

11/14/2012

 

Lufkin/Conroe, Texas

 

180

 

CWA

 

10/15/2013

 

Pennsylvania (ILEC)

 

52

 

CWA

 

09/30/2011

 

Katy, Texas

 

38

 

CWA

 

02/28/2011

(2)

Pennsylvania (CLEC)

 

10

 

CWA

 

02/29/2012

 

Totals

 

483

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)   IBEW — International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers

CWA — Communication Workers of America

(2)   On March 2, 2011, our employees belonging to the Communications Workers of America Local 6218 approved a new three-year contract with the Company, effective as of March 1, 2011 and expiring on February 28, 2014, which covers 38 bargained for employees at our Katy, Texas location.

 

As a whole, we believe our relations with our employees are good.

 

During 2010, we reduced the number of employees by 66 full-time and 48 part-time positions as a result of the sale of our CMR and Operator Services businesses.

 

See “Item 1A—Risk Factors—Risks Relating To Our Business—We have employees who are covered by collective bargaining agreements and could be adversely affected by labor disputes”.

 

Our Strengths

 

Technologically advanced network

 

We have made significant investments building our technologically advanced telecommunications network.  As a result, we are able to deliver high-quality, reliable video, data and voice services in all markets we serve.  Our wide-ranging network and extensive use of fiber provide an easy reach into existing and new areas.  By bringing the fiber network closer to the customer premises, we can increase our service offerings, quality and bandwidth services.

 

Our IP backbone network provides a high-quality, flexible platform that allows us to deliver broadband applications to our customers at competitive prices.  Approximately 95% of our total local access lines were DSL-capable as of December 31, 2010, and approximately 96% of these DSL-capable lines are capable of speeds of 6 mbps or greater.  Metro-Ethernet, VOIP services, and other additional IP services leverage the extensive MPLS (Multi-Protocol Label Switching) core network, making it more efficient and scalable.  Our existing network can support increased IPTV subscribers with limited additional network preparation thereby driving additional revenue growth.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Attractive markets

 

The geographic areas we serve are characterized by a balanced mix of growing suburban areas and stable, rural territories.

 

Our Lufkin, Texas and central Illinois markets have experienced only nominal population growth over the past decade.  As of December 31, 2010, 96,180, or 40.6%, of our local access lines were located in these markets.  These low growth, low customer density markets, along with the predominantly rural residential character of these areas, have limited the number of and product offerings from potential competitors in these areas.

 

Our Conroe and Katy, Texas markets are suburbs of the Houston metropolitan area.  As of December 31, 2010, 89,676, or 37.8%, of our local access lines were located in these markets.  Conroe and Katy have experienced above-average population and business employment growth over the past decade as compared to the remainder of Texas and the United States as a whole.

 

Our Pennsylvania ILEC operates in a territory that has experienced population growth as the suburban communities in its territory have been expanding (the southernmost point of this territory is only 12 miles from Pittsburgh).  For similar reasons, the ILEC has benefited from growth in business activity and favorable market demographics.  As of December 31, 2010, 51,285, or 21.6%, of our local access lines are located in our Pennsylvania ILEC territory.

 

Our Pennsylvania CLEC assets provide telecommunications and broadband services south of our ILEC territory to customers in the metropolitan Pittsburgh area, and to the north of the ILECs territory in the City of Butler and surrounding areas.

 

Broad product offerings and bundling of services

 

We are able to leverage our long-standing relationship with our customers by offering them a broad suite of telecommunications and information services that enables us to pursue increased revenue per access line by selling additional services through a bundling strategy, that includes our triple play offering of voice, DSL and IPTV services.  Our residential and business customers have access to a broad array of competitively priced advanced television programming, data and voice service choices with a single point of contact.  In addition to providing local and long-distance telephone service, customers can choose multiple speeds of DSL service and IPTV programming with over 230 all-digital channels, 60 high-definition (“HD”) offerings, video on demand programming and digital video recorder (“DVR”) services.  We also offer custom calling services, carrier access services, VOIP service to residential and business customers and directory publishing.

 

By bundling our service offerings, we are able to offer and sell a more complete package of services, which we believe simultaneously increases our average revenue per user (“ARPU”) and adds value for the consumer.  We also believe that bundling leads to increased customer loyalty and retention.  As of December 31, 2010, we had 52,427 customers who subscribed to service bundles that included local service and a selection of other services including custom calling features, DSL and IPTV.

 

Experienced management team with proven track record

 

With an average of over 25 years of experience in both regulated and non-regulated telecommunications businesses, our management team has demonstrated that it can deliver profitable growth while providing high levels of customer satisfaction.  Specifically, our management team has a proven track record of:

 

14



Table of Contents

 

·      Providing superior quality services to rural customers in a regulated environment;

·      Implementing successful business acquisitions and integrations;

·      Launching and growing new services, such as DSL and IPTV; and

·      Managing CLEC and complementary businesses, such as transport, business systems and directory publishing.

 

Generally supportive regulatory environment

 

As a RLEC, we benefit from federal and Texas and Pennsylvania state subsidies designed to promote “universal service”, or widely available quality telephone service at affordable prices in rural areas.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, we received $27.8 million in payments from the Federal Universal Service Fund, $15.7 million from the Texas Universal Service Fund and $5.2 million from the Pennsylvania Universal Service Fund.  In the aggregate, these payments constituted 12.7% of our total revenues in 2010.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, we received $34.6 million from the Federal Universal Service Fund, $16.2 million from the Texas Universal Service Fund and $5.2 million from the Pennsylvania Universal Service Fund.  In the aggregate, these payments constituted 13.8% of our total revenues in 2009.

 

See “—Regulatory Environment” and “Item 1A—Risk Factors—Regulatory Risks”.

 

Business Strategies

 

Increase revenues per customer

 

We continue to focus on increasing our revenue per customer, primarily by improving our DSL and IPTV market penetration, by increasing the sale of other value-added services and by encouraging customers to subscribe to our service bundles.

 

We provide IPTV service in all of the markets we serve.  We offer HD programming, video on demand and DVR service in all markets which further increases our ARPU.  As of December 31, 2010, over 98% of our video customers have subscribed to our double or triple play offerings.  At December 31, 2010, we had 29,236 video subscribers and the capability of offering the service to over 205,000 households in our service territories.

 

Improve operating efficiency

 

Over the years, we have made significant operational improvements in our business which has resulted in significant cost savings and reductions in headcount.  In particular, we have centralized most of the business and back office operations from our acquisitions into one functional organization with common work groups, processes and systems thereby removing redundant costs.  All of our ILEC businesses use a common billing system platform.  We have consolidated most of our principal accounting functions to our Mattoon, Illinois corporate office.  We also have consolidated all network operations into a single NOC.  During 2010, we reduced the number of customer care centers from six to two.  We now operate one residential customer care center in Texas and one business customer care center in Illinois.  Because of these efficiencies, we are better able to deliver a consistent customer experience, service our customers in a more cost-effective manner and lower our cost structure.  We have identified and continue to look for additional projects which will allow us to reduce our cost structure while launching new products and improving the customer experience.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Maintain capital expenditure discipline

 

Across all of our service territories, we have successfully managed capital expenditures to optimize returns through disciplined planning and targeted investment of capital.  For example, specific investments in our IP core and access networks allow us to continue to have significant flexibility to expand our new service offerings, such as IPTV and Metro Ethernet services in a very cost-efficient manner while maintaining our reputation as a high-quality service provider.

 

Pursue selective acquisitions

 

We have in the past taken, and expect to continue to take in the future, a disciplined approach in pursuing the acquisition of access lines or operating companies. When we evaluate potential transactions, important considerations include whether or not:

 

·      The market is attractive;

·      The network is of appropriate quality;

·      We can integrate the acquired company efficiently;

·      There are significant potential operating synergies; and

·      The transaction is cash flow accretive from day one.

 

Competition

 

Competition for telecommunications and information services is intense.  Technological advances have expanded the types and uses of services and products available.  In addition, the lack of or a reduced level of regulation applicable to comparable alternatives (e.g., cable, wireless and VOIP providers) has lowered costs for these alternative communications providers.  As a result, we face heightened competition as well as some new opportunities in significant portions of our business.  We expect competition to remain a significant factor affecting our operating results in 2011 and beyond.  See “Item 1A — Risk Factors — Risks Relating To Our Business — The Telecommunications Industry is Constantly Changing and Competition is Intense”.

 

Local telephone market

 

In general, telecommunications service in rural areas is more costly to provide than service in urban areas as a lower customer density necessitates higher capital expenditures on a per-customer basis.  As a result, it generally is not economically viable for new entrants to overlap existing networks in rural territories.

 

Despite the barriers to entry, rural telephone companies face significant competition for voice services from wireless providers, cable providers and, to a lesser extent, competitive telephone companies.  Cable providers have upgraded their networks with fiber optics and are able to provide fully interactive broadband voice, data and video communications.  Competitive telephone companies have been granted permission by federal law and state regulators to offer local telephone service in areas already served by a local telephone company.

 

Industry participants are increasingly embracing VOIP service, which essentially involves the routing of voice calls, at least in part, over the Internet through packets of data instead of transmitting the calls over the telephone system.  While current VOIP applications typically complete calls using ILEC infrastructure and networks, as VOIP services become more widespread and technology advances, more calls may be placed without using the telephone system.  On March 10, 2004, the FCC issued a Notice of

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Proposed Rulemaking with respect to IP-enabled services.  Among other things, the FCC is considering whether VOIP services are regulated telecommunications services or unregulated information services.  The FCC has yet to issue a decision on the matter.  We cannot predict the outcome of the FCC’s rulemaking or how it will affect the revenues of our rural telephone companies.  The proliferation of VOIP, particularly to the extent such communications do not utilize our networks, may reduce our customer base and cause us to lose access fees and other funding.

 

Mediacom, which serves portions of our Illinois territories, offers a VOIP service that competes with our basic voice services.  NewWave Communications offers a competing voice product in the portions of our Illinois territory not served by Mediacom.  In addition, both Suddenlink and Comcast, cable competitors in Texas, offer a competing voice product.  In our Pennsylvania territory, each of the two incumbent cable providers, Armstrong and Comcast, offer a competitive VOIP service.  All of these companies also compete with us for video and high speed Internet customers.  In all markets, our competitors offer aggressive triple play packages of voice, video and Internet services.  In general, cable companies have modern networks and the capacity to serve a substantial number of customers.  We estimate that cable companies now cover 85% of our territory.

 

Wireless service

 

Rural telephone companies have historically faced less wireless competition than non-rural providers of traditional wireline services because wireless networks in rural areas had generally been less developed.  Our service areas in Conroe and Katy, Texas and in Pennsylvania are exceptions to this general rule because they are close to major metropolitan areas.  As a result, we continue to see increasing competition from wireless service providers in these markets.  We have experienced a decline in local access lines by customers choosing to eliminate their wireline service altogether in favor of a wireless provider.  We believe that wireless substitution will continue to be a competitive threat in the years to come.

 

Internet service

 

The Internet services market is highly competitive and there are few barriers to entry.  Internet services—meaning wired and wireless Internet access and online content services—are provided by cable providers, ISP’s, long-distance carriers and satellite-based companies.  Many of these companies provide direct access to the Internet and a variety of supporting services.  In addition, many companies offer access to closed, proprietary information networks.

 

Cable providers have substantial transmission capabilities, can carry large amounts of data to large numbers of customers with increasing speeds and have a billing system infrastructure that permits them to add new services.  Industry sources expect, and we agree, that competition for Internet services will continue to be very competitive.

 

Long-distance service

 

The long-distance telecommunications market is highly competitive and faces intense competition from cable and wireless providers who generally provide unlimited long-distance with their service packages.  As a result, the number of minutes of long-distance traffic we handle has declined as our customers have relied on and increased their use of wireless and other unlimited long-distance service packages.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Other competition

 

Our other lines of business are subject to substantial competition from local, regional and national competitors.  In particular, our directory publishing and transport businesses operate in competitive markets.  We expect that competition in all of our businesses will continue to intensify as new technologies and new services are offered.  Customers in these businesses can and do change vendors frequently.  Long-term contracts are unusual, and those that do exist have cancellation clauses that allow quick termination.  Where long-term contracts are in place, customers are renewing them for shorter terms.

 

Regulatory Environment

 

The following summary does not describe all existing and proposed legislation and regulations affecting the telecommunications industry.  Regulation can change rapidly, and ongoing proceedings and hearings could alter the manner in which the telecommunications industry operates.  We cannot predict the outcome of any of these developments, nor their potential impact on us. See “Risk Factors—Regulatory Risks”.

 

Overview

 

The telecommunications industry is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation.  Under the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (“Telecommunications Act”), federal and state regulators share responsibility for implementing and enforcing statutes and regulations designed to encourage competition and to preserve and advance widely available, quality telephone service at affordable prices.

 

At the federal level, the FCC generally exercises jurisdiction over facilities and services of local exchange carriers, such as our rural telephone companies, to the extent they are used to provide, originate, or terminate interstate or international communications.  The FCC has the authority to condition, modify, cancel, terminate, or revoke our operating authority for failure to comply with applicable federal laws or FCC rules, regulations and policies.  Fines or penalties also may be imposed for any of these violations.

 

State regulatory commissions, such as the ICC in Illinois, PAPUC in Pennsylvania, and the PUCT in Texas, generally exercise jurisdiction over carriers’ facilities and services to the extent they are used to provide, originate, or terminate intrastate communications.  In particular, state regulatory agencies have substantial oversight over interconnection and network access by competitors of our rural telephone companies.  In addition, municipalities and other local government agencies regulate the public rights-of-way necessary to install and operate networks.  State regulators can sanction our rural telephone companies or revoke our certifications if we violate relevant laws or regulations.

 

Federal regulation

 

Our rural telephone companies and competitive local exchange companies must comply with the Communications Act of 1934, which requires, among other things, that telecommunications carriers offer services at just and reasonable rates and on non-discriminatory terms and conditions.  The 1996 amendments to the Communications Act (contained in the Telecommunications Act discussed below) dramatically changed, and likely will continue to change, the landscape of the industry.

 

Removal of entry barriers

 

The central aim of the Telecommunications Act is to open local telecommunications markets to competition while enhancing universal service.  Before the Telecommunications Act was enacted, many

 

18



Table of Contents

 

states limited the services that could be offered by a company competing with an incumbent telephone company.  The Telecommunications Act preempts these state and local laws.

 

The Telecommunications Act imposes a number of interconnection and other requirements on all local communications providers.  All telecommunications carriers have a duty to interconnect directly or indirectly with the facilities and equipment of other telecommunications carriers.  Local exchange carriers, including our rural telephone companies, are required to:

 

·                  Allow other carriers to resell their services;

·                  Provide number portability where feasible;

·                  Ensure dialing parity, meaning that consumers can choose their default local or long-distance telephone company without having to dial additional digits;

·                  Ensure that competitors’ customers receive non-discriminatory access to telephone numbers, operator service, directory assistance and directory listings;

·                  Afford competitors access to telephone poles, ducts, conduits, and rights-of-way; and

·                  Establish reciprocal compensation arrangements with other carriers for the transport and termination of telecommunications traffic.

 

Furthermore, the Telecommunications Act imposes on incumbent telephone companies (other than rural telephone companies that maintain their so-called “rural exemption” as our subsidiaries do) additional obligations to:

 

·                  Negotiate interconnection agreements with other carriers in good faith;

·                  Interconnect their facilities and equipment with any requesting telecommunications carrier, at any technically feasible point, at non-discriminatory rates and on non-discriminatory terms and conditions;

·                  Offer their retail services to other carriers for resale at discounted wholesale rates;

·                  Provide reasonable notice of changes in the information necessary for transmission and routing of services over the incumbent telephone company’s facilities or in the information necessary for interoperability; and

·                  Provide, at rates, terms, and conditions that are just, reasonable, and non-discriminatory, for the physical collocation of other carriers’ equipment necessary for interconnection or access to UNEs at the premises of the incumbent telephone company.

 

Access charges

 

A significant portion of our rural telephone companies’ revenues come from network access charges paid by long-distance and other carriers for using our companies’ local telephone facilities for originating or terminating calls within our service areas.  The amount of network access revenues our rural telephone companies receive is based on rates set or approved by federal and state regulatory commissions, and these rates are subject to change at any time.

 

Intrastate network access charges are regulated by state commissions.  Network access charges in our Illinois market currently mirror interstate charges for everything but local switching. Interstate and intrastate network access charges in our Pennsylvania market also are very similar.  In contrast, as required by Texas regulators, our Texas rural telephone companies impose significantly higher network access charges for intrastate calls than for interstate calls.

 

The FCC regulates the prices we may charge for the use of our local telephone facilities to originate or terminate interstate and international calls.  The FCC has structured these prices as a

 

19



Table of Contents

 

combination of flat monthly charges paid by customers and both usage-sensitive (per-minute) charges and flat monthly charges paid by long-distance or other carriers.

 

The FCC regulates interstate network access charges by imposing price caps on Regional Bell Operating Companies, referred to as RBOC’s, and other large incumbent telephone companies.  These price caps can be adjusted based on various formulas, such as inflation and productivity, and otherwise through regulatory proceedings.  Incumbent telephone companies, such as our local telephone companies, may elect to base network access charges on price caps, but are not required to do so.

 

Historically, all of our rural telephone companies had elected not to apply federal price caps.  Instead, they employed a rate-of-return regulation for their network interstate access charges, whereby they earned a fixed return on their investment over and above operating costs.  In December 2007, we filed a petition with the FCC seeking to permit our Illinois and Texas companies to convert to price cap regulation.  Our petition was approved on May 6, 2008, and became effective on July 1, 2008.  This conversion gives us greater pricing flexibility for interstate services, especially the increasingly competitive special access segment.  It also provides us with the potential to increase our net earnings by becoming more productive and introducing new services.  On the other hand, we were required to reduce our interstate access charges in Illinois significantly, and because our Illinois intrastate access charges generally mirror interstate rates, this conversion also resulted in lower intrastate revenues in Illinois.  In addition, we now receive somewhat reduced subsidies from the interstate Universal Service Fund program.

 

Our Pennsylvania rural telephone company is an average schedule rate-of-return company, which means its interstate access revenues are based upon a statistical formula developed by the National Exchange Carrier Association (“NECA”) and approved by the FCC, rather than upon its actual costs.  In its 2006 and 2007 annual revisions of the average schedule formulas, NECA proposed and the FCC approved structural changes that were fully phased-in during 2008, reducing our Pennsylvania rural telephone company’s annual interstate revenues by approximately $3.7 million compared to periods prior to the phase-in of the structural changes.  The NECA and the FCC may make further changes to the formulas in future years, which could have an additional impact on our revenues.  Our Pennsylvania rural telephone company has the option to become a cost company, meaning its rates would be subject to its own individual cost and demand data studies, but this option would be irrevocable if exercised.  We cannot predict whether or when it would be advantageous to make this conversion.

 

Traditionally, regulators have allowed network access rates for rural areas to be set higher than the actual cost of terminating or originating long-distance calls as an implicit means of subsidizing the high cost of providing local service in rural areas.  Following a series of federal court decisions ruling that subsidies must be explicit rather than implicit, the FCC adopted reforms in 2001 that reduced per-minute network access charges and shifted a portion of cost recovery, which historically was imposed on long-distance carriers, to flat-rate, monthly subscriber line charges imposed on end-user customers.  While the FCC also increased explicit subsidies to rural telephone companies through the Universal Service Fund, the aggregate amount of interstate network access charges paid by long-distance carriers to access providers, such as our rural telephone companies, has decreased and may continue to decrease. The FCC has been considering further changes to interstate network access charges since 2001, and has requested public comments on several different approaches to the issue, but has not yet taken action on any of these proposals. We continue to actively participate in shaping intercarrier compensation and universal service reforms through our own efforts as well as through industry associations and coalitions.

 

Unlike the federal system, Illinois does not provide an explicit subsidy in the form of a universal service fund.  Therefore, while subsidies from the Federal Universal Service Fund offset the decrease in revenues resulting from the reduction in interstate network access rates in Illinois, there was no

 

20



Table of Contents

 

corresponding offset for the decrease in revenues from the reduction in intrastate network access rates.  In Pennsylvania and Texas, the intrastate network access rate regime applicable to our rural telephone companies does not mirror the FCC regime, so the impact of the reforms was revenue neutral.

 

In recent years, carriers have become more aggressive in disputing the FCC’s interstate access charge rates and the application of access charges to their telecommunications traffic.  We believe these disputes have increased in part because advances in technology have made it more difficult to determine the identity and jurisdiction of traffic, giving carriers an increased opportunity to challenge access costs for their traffic.  For example, in September 2003, Vonage Holdings Corporation filed a petition with the FCC to preempt an order of the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission asserting jurisdiction over Vonage.  The FCC determined that it was impossible to divide Vonage’s VOIP service into interstate and intrastate components without negating federal rules and policies.  Accordingly, the FCC found it was an interstate service not subject to traditional state telephone regulation.  While the FCC order did not specifically address whether intrastate access charges were applicable to Vonage’s VOIP service, the fact that the service was found to be solely interstate raises that concern.  We cannot predict what other actions other long-distance carriers may take before the FCC or with their local exchange carriers, including our rural telephone companies, to challenge the applicability of access charges.  Due to the increasing deployment of VOIP services and other technological changes, we believe these types of disputes and claims are likely to increase.

 

Unbundled network element rules

 

The unbundling requirements have been some of the most controversial provisions of the Telecommunications Act.  In its initial implementation of the law, the FCC generally required incumbent telephone companies to lease a wide range of UNE’s to CLECs.  Those rules were designed to enable competitors to deliver services to their customers in combination with their existing networks or as recombined service offerings on an unbundled network element platform, commonly known as UNE-P, which allowed competitors with no facilities of their own to purchase all the elements of local telephone service from the incumbent and resell them to customers.  These unbundling requirements, and the duty to offer UNEs to competitors, imposed substantial costs on the incumbent telephone companies and made it easier for customers to shift their business to other carriers.  After a court challenge and a decision vacating portions of the UNE rules, the FCC issued revised rules in February 2005 that reinstated some unbundling requirements for incumbent telephone companies that are not protected by the rural exemption, but eliminated the UNE-P option and certain other unbundling requirements.

 

Each of the subsidiaries through which we operate our local telephone businesses is an incumbent telephone company and provides service in rural areas.  As discussed above, the Telecommunications Act exempts rural telephone companies from certain of the more burdensome interconnection requirements.  However, the Telecommunications Act provides that the rural exemption will cease to apply as to competing cable companies if and when the rural carrier introduces video services in a service area.  In that event, a competing cable operator providing video programming and seeking to provide telecommunications services in the area may interconnect.  Since each of our subsidiaries now provides video services in their major service areas, the rural exemption no longer applies to cable company competitors in those service areas.  Additionally, in Texas, the PUCT has removed the rural exemption for our Texas subsidiaries with respect to telecommunications services furnished by Sprint Communications, L.P. on behalf of cable companies.  We believe the benefits of providing video services outweigh the loss of the rural exemptions to cable operators.

 

Under its current rules, the FCC has eliminated unbundling requirements for ILECs providing broadband services over fiber facilities, but continues to require unbundled access to mass-market narrowband loops.  ILECs are no longer required to unbundle packet switching services.  In addition, the

 

21



Table of Contents

 

FCC found that CLECs generally are not at a disadvantage at certain wire center locations in regard to high bandwidth (DS-1 and DS-3) loops, dark fiber loops and dedicated interoffice transport facilities.  However, where a disadvantage persists, ILECs continue to be required to unbundle loops and transport facilities.

 

The FCC rules regarding the unbundling of network elements did not have an impact on our Illinois and Pennsylvania ILEC operations because these ILECs have rural exemptions.  Our Pennsylvania CLEC operations were not significantly affected by the 2005 changes to the UNE rules because they use their own switching for business customers that are served by high capacity loops.  In July 2008, our Pennsylvania CLEC renewed, for a three-year term, a commercial agreement with Verizon that sets the terms of the pricing and provisioning of lines previously served utilizing UNE-P, including Verizon switching service.  Less than 5% of our Pennsylvania CLEC access lines are provisioned utilizing this commercial arrangement.  Although the costs for this arrangement will increase over time pursuant to the terms of the agreement, our relatively low use of Verizon’s switching and our ability to migrate some of the lines to alternative provisioning sources will limit the overall impact on our current cost structure.  The CLEC has experienced moderate increases in the overall cost to provision high-capacity loops, interoffice transport facilities and dark fiber as a result of the FCC’s changes to unbundling requirements for those facilities.

 

In 2006, Verizon filed a petition requesting that the FCC refrain from applying a number of regulations to the Verizon operations in six major metropolitan markets, including the Pittsburgh market area.  Among other things, Verizon urged the FCC to forbear from applying loop and transport unbundling regulations, claiming there was sufficient competition in the Pittsburgh market to mitigate the need for these rules.  The FCC denied Verizon’s petition in December 2007, but a federal court of appeals remanded this decision to the FCC for further analysis in 2009.  If the FCC grants this remanded petition or any similar forbearance petitions in markets in which our CLEC operates, our cost to obtain access to loop and transport facilities could increase substantially.

 

Promotion of universal service

 

In general, telecommunications service in rural areas is more costly to provide than service in urban areas.  The lower customer density means that switching and other facilities serve fewer customers and loops are typically longer, requiring greater expenditures per customer to build and maintain.  By supporting the high cost of operations in rural markets, Federal Universal Service Fund subsidies promote widely available, quality telephone service at affordable prices in rural areas.  In 2010, we received $48.7 million in aggregate payments from the Federal Universal Service Fund, the Pennsylvania Universal Service Fund and the Texas Universal Service Fund.  In 2009, we received $56.0 million from the Federal Universal Service Fund, the Pennsylvania Universal Service Fund and the Texas Universal Service Fund.

 

Federal Universal Service Fund subsidies are paid only to carriers that are designated eligible telecommunications carriers, or ETCs, by a state commission.  Each of our rural telephone companies has been designated an ETC.  However, under FCC rules prior to 2008, competitors could obtain the same level of Federal Universal Service Fund subsidies as we do, per line served, if the applicable state regulator determined that granting such Federal Universal Service Fund subsidies to competitors would be in the public interest and the competitors offered and advertised certain services as required by the Telecommunications Act and the FCC.  The ICC has granted several petitions for ETC designations, but to date no other ETCs are operating in our Illinois service area.  We are not aware that any carriers have filed petitions to be designated an ETC in our Pennsylvania or Texas service areas.  In May 2008, the FCC adopted an interim cap on payments to ETCs that are not incumbent telephone companies, based on the payments received by such companies in March 2008, which reduces (but does not eliminate) the incentive for ETCs to seek to compete against our rural telephone companies.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

The formula the FCC uses to calculate universal service fund subsidies is in flux.  In November 2007, the Federal-State Joint Board on universal service offered some proposals to the FCC to address the long-term reform issues facing the high-cost universal service support system and to make fundamental revisions in the structure of existing universal service mechanisms.  In November 2008, the FCC declined to adopt any of the Joint Board’s proposals, but continues to study universal service reform. On March 16, 2010, the FCC issued its National Broadband Plan which included a proposal to reform universal service and intercarrier compensation.  The FCC released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on February 8, 2011 on this portion of the National Broadband Plan.

 

We cannot predict the outcome of any FCC rulemaking or similar proceedings.  The outcome of any proceeding or other legislative or regulatory changes could affect the amount of universal service support our rural telephone companies receive.

 

State regulation of CCI Illinois

 

Our Illinois Telephone Operations’ long-distance and payphone services subsidiary holds the necessary certifications in Illinois (and the other states in which it operates).  This subsidiary is required to file tariffs with the ICC, but generally can change the prices, terms, and conditions stated in its tariffs on one day’s notice, with prior notice of price increases to affected customers.  Our Illinois Telephone Operations’ other services are not subject to any significant state regulations in Illinois, and our Other Illinois Operations are not subject to any significant state regulation outside of any specific contractually imposed obligations.

 

Our Illinois rural telephone company is certified by the ICC to provide local telephone services.  This entity operates as a distinct company from a regulatory standpoint and is regulated under a rate of return system for intrastate revenues.  Although, as explained above, the FCC has preempted certain state regulations pursuant to the Telecommunications Act, Illinois retains the authority to impose requirements on our Illinois rural telephone company to preserve universal service, protect public safety and welfare, ensure quality of service and protect consumers.  For instance, our Illinois rural telephone company must file tariffs setting forth the terms, conditions, and prices for its intrastate services; these tariffs may be challenged by third parties.  Our Illinois rural telephone company has not had a general rate proceeding before the ICC since 1983.

 

The ICC has broad authority to impose service quality and service offering requirements on our Illinois rural telephone company, including credit and collection policies and practices, and can require our Illinois rural telephone company to take actions to ensure that it meets its statutory obligation to provide reliable local exchange service.  For example, as part of its approval of the reorganization we implemented in connection with our 2005 initial public offering, the ICC imposed various conditions, including (1) prohibitions on payment of dividends or other cash transfers from ICTC to us if ICTC fails to meet or exceed agreed benchmarks for a majority of seven service quality metrics, and (2) the requirement that ICTC have access to $5.0 million or its currently approved capital expenditure budget (whichever is higher) for each calendar year through a combination of available cash and credit facilities.  During 2010, we satisfied each of the applicable Illinois regulatory requirements necessary to permit ICTC to pay dividends to us.

 

The Illinois General Assembly has made major revisions and added significant new provisions to the portions of the Illinois Public Utilities Act governing the regulation and obligations of telecommunications carriers on a number of occasions since 1985.  Most recently, in 2007, the Illinois legislature addressed competition for cable and video services and authorized statewide licensing by the ICC to replace the existing system of individual town franchises.  This legislation also imposed

 

23



Table of Contents

 

substantial state-mandated consumer service and consumer protection requirements on providers of cable and video services.  The requirements generally became applicable to us on January 1, 2008, and we are operating in compliance with the new law.  Although we have franchise agreements for cable and video services in all the towns we serve, this statewide franchising authority will simplify the process in the future.  In 2010, the Illinois General Assembly passed Public Act 96-0927, which updates the telecommunications legislation, allowing ILECs, beginning January 1, 2011, to elect deregulation of local services.  Under this option, an ILECs rates for local services would become “competitive” and no longer subject to rate of return regulation, and certain other service quality obligations would be reduced.  The electing ILECs would have obligations to make certain basic local exchange service packages available to customers.  The Governor of Illinois signed the bill into law on June 15, 2010.  The Illinois telecommunications legislation bill is scheduled to sunset in 2013.  In the past, such sunset dates in telecommunication legislation has led to further amendments to reflect changing industry technological and competitive conditions.

 

State regulation of CCI Texas

 

Our Texas rural telephone companies are each certified by the PUCT to provide local telephone services in their respective territories.  In addition, our Texas long-distance and transport subsidiaries are registered with the PUCT as interexchange carriers.  The transport subsidiary also has obtained a service provider certificate of operating authority (“SPCOA”) to better assist the transport subsidiary with its operations in municipal areas.  Recently, to assist with expanding services offerings, Consolidated Communications Enterprise Services, Inc. also obtained a SPCOA from the PUCT.  While our Texas rural telephone company services are extensively regulated, our other services, such as long-distance and transport services, are not subject to any significant state regulation.

 

Our Texas rural telephone companies operate as distinct companies from a regulatory standpoint.  Each is separately regulated by the PUCT in order to preserve universal service, protect public safety and welfare, ensure quality of service and protect consumers.  Each Texas rural telephone company must file and maintain tariffs setting forth the terms, conditions and prices for its intrastate services.

 

Currently, both of our Texas rural telephone companies have immunity from adjustments to their rates, including their intrastate network access rates, because they elected “incentive regulation” under the Texas Public Utilities Regulatory Act, or PURA.  In order to qualify for incentive regulation, our rural telephone companies agreed to fulfill certain infrastructure requirements.  In exchange, they are not subject to challenge by the PUCT regarding their rates, overall revenues, return on invested capital, or net income.

 

PURA prescribes two different forms of incentive regulation in Chapter 58 and Chapter 59.  Under either election, the rates, including network access rates, an incumbent telephone company may charge for basic local services generally cannot be increased from the amount(s) on the date of election without PUCT approval.  Even with PUCT approval, increases can only occur in very specific situations.  Pricing flexibility under Chapter 59 is extremely limited.  In contrast, Chapter 58 allows greater pricing flexibility on non-basic network services, customer-specific contracts and new services.

 

Initially, both of our Texas rural telephone companies elected incentive regulation under Chapter 59 and fulfilled the applicable infrastructure requirements, but they changed their election status to Chapter 58 in 2003, which gives them some pricing flexibility for basic services, subject to PUCT approval.  The PUCT could impose additional infrastructure requirements or other restrictions in the future.  Any requirements or restrictions could limit the amount of cash that is available to be transferred from our rural telephone companies to the parent entities, and could adversely affect our ability to meet our debt service requirements and repayment obligations.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

In September 2005, the Texas legislature adopted significant additional telecommunications legislation.  Among other things, this legislation created a statewide video franchise for telecommunications carriers, established a framework to deregulate the retail telecommunications services offered by incumbent local telecommunications carriers, imposed concurrent requirements to reduce intrastate access charges and directed the PUCT to initiate a study of the Texas Universal Service Fund.  The PUCT study submitted to the legislature in 2007 recommended that the Small Company Area High-Cost Program, which covers our Texas telephone companies, should be reviewed by the PUCT from a policy perspective regarding basic local telephone service rates and lines eligible for support.  The PUCT has only addressed the large company fund and has no immediate plans to conduct a small company review.   The Texas legislature may address issues of importance to rural telecommunications carriers in Texas, including the Texas Universal Service Fund, in the 2011 legislative session.

 

Texas universal service

 

The Texas Universal Service Fund is administered by NECA.  PURA, the governing law, directs the PUCT to adopt and enforce rules requiring local exchange carriers to contribute to a state universal service fund that helps telecommunications providers offer basic local telecommunications service at reasonable rates in high cost rural areas.  The Texas Universal Service Fund is also used to reimburse telecommunications providers for revenues lost by providing Tel-Assistance and to reimburse carriers for providing lifeline service.  Our Texas rural telephone companies receive disbursements from this fund.

 

State regulation of CCI Pennsylvania

 

The PAPUC regulates the rates, the system of financial accounts for reporting purposes, and certain aspects of service quality, billing procedures and universal service funding, among other things, related to our rural telephone company and CLEC’s provision of intrastate services.  In addition, the PAPUC sets the rates and terms for interconnection between carriers within the guidelines ordered by the FCC.

 

Price regulation in Pennsylvania

 

Pennsylvania intrastate rates are regulated under a statutory framework referred to as Act 183.  Under this statute, rates for non-competitive intrastate services are allowed to increase based on an index that measures economy-wide price increases.  In return, we committed to continue to upgrade our network to ensure that all our customers would have access to broadband services, and to deploy a ubiquitous broadband (defined as 1.544 mbps) network throughout our entire service area by December 31, 2008, which we did.

 

Pennsylvania universal service and access charges

 

On September 30, 1999, as part of a proceeding that resolved a number of pending issues, the PAPUC ordered ILECs, including our Pennsylvania property, to rebalance and reduce intrastate toll and switched access rates.  In that same order, the PAPUC also created a Pennsylvania Universal Service Fund (PAUSF) to help offset the resulting loss of ILEC revenues.  In 2003, the PAPUC ordered ILECs to further rebalance and reduce intrastate access charges and left the PAUSF in place pending further review.  In 2008, our Pennsylvania ILECs annual receipts from and contributions to the PAUSF total $5.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.  Our Pennsylvania CLEC receives no funding from the PAUSF but currently contributes $0.2 million annually.  Since Act 183 was adopted in 2004, the PAPUC may not require a local exchange carrier to reduce intrastate access rates except on a revenue neutral basis.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

In 2004, PAPUC instituted a third review of access charges.  This proceeding may affect access rates for both our Pennsylvania ILEC and CLEC properties, as well as the amount of funding that our ILEC receives from the PAUSF and the amounts that both companies contribute to that fund.  Since 2004, the PAPUC has twice agreed to stay those proceedings while awaiting an FCC ruling in its Unified Compensation docket.  The request for a third stay is now pending before the PAPUC and is opposed by several parties.  Parties have filed testimony and the PAPUC held the first round of hearings beginning in February 2009.  It is not known when the PAPUC will rule.  During the period of the stay, the current PAUSF continues under the existing regulations.

 

Local government authorizations

 

In Illinois, we historically have been required to obtain franchises from each incorporated municipality in which our rural telephone company operates.  An Illinois state statute prescribes the fees that a municipality may impose for the privilege of originating and terminating messages and placing facilities within the municipality.  Our Illinois Telephone Operations may also be required to obtain permits for street opening and construction, or for operating franchises to install and expand fiber optic facilities.  These permits or other licenses or agreements typically require the payment of fees.

 

Similarly, Texas incumbent telephone companies had historically been required to obtain franchises from each incorporated municipality in which they operated.  Texas law now provides that incumbent telephone companies do not need to obtain franchises or other licenses to use municipal rights-of-way for delivering services.  Instead, payments to municipalities for rights-of-way are administered through the PUCT and through a reporting process by each telecommunications provider.  Incumbent telephone companies are still required to obtain permits from municipal authorities for street opening and construction, but most burdens of obtaining municipal authorizations for access to rights-of-way have been streamlined or removed.

 

Our Texas rural telephone companies still operate pursuant to the terms of municipal franchise agreements in some territories served by Consolidated Communications of Fort Bend Company.  As the franchises expire, they are not being renewed.

 

Like Illinois, Pennsylvania operates under a structure in which each municipality may impose various fees.

 

Broadband and Internet regulatory obligations

 

To date, the FCC has treated ISPs as enhanced service providers rather than common carriers.  As a result, ISPs are exempt from most federal and state regulation, including the requirement to pay access charges or contribute to the Federal Universal Service Fund.  Currently, there is a relatively limited body of law and regulation that governs access to, or commerce on, the Internet, including such matters as protection of children from exposure to indecent content, and protection of private consumer data.  As Internet usage increases, government at all levels may adopt new rules and regulations or apply existing laws and regulations to the Internet.  The FCC is reviewing the appropriate regulatory framework governing high speed access to the Internet through telephone and cable providers’ communications networks.  We cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings, and they may affect our regulatory obligations and the form of competition for these services.

 

In 2005, the FCC adopted a comprehensive regulatory framework for facilities-based providers of wireline broadband Internet access service after determining that such service is an information service.  This decision places the federal regulatory treatment of DSL service in parity with the federal regulatory treatment of cable modem service.  Facilities-based wireline carriers are permitted to offer broadband

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Internet access transmission arrangements for wireline broadband Internet access services on a common carrier basis or a non-common carrier basis.  Revenues from wireline non-common carrier broadband Internet access service are not subject to assessment for the Federal Universal Service Fund.

 

VOIP can be used to carry voice communications over a broadband Internet connection.  The FCC has ruled that some VOIP arrangements are not subject to regulation as telephone services.  In particular, in 2004, the FCC ruled that certain VOIP services are jurisdictionally interstate, which means that states cannot regulate those applications or the service providers.  A number of state regulators filed judicial challenges to that decision.  Expanded use of VOIP technology could reduce the access revenues received by local exchange carriers like our ILECs and our CLEC.  We cannot predict whether or when VOIP providers may be required to pay or be entitled to receive access charges, the extent to which users will substitute VOIP calls for traditional wireline communications, or the impact of the growth of VOIP on our revenues.

 

Video service over broadband is lightly regulated by the FCC and states.  Such regulation is limited to company registration, broadcast signal call sign management, fee collection, service and billing requirements and administrative matters such as Equal Employment Opportunity reporting. IPTV rates are not regulated.

 

American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009

 

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) allowed for two major telecommunications activities to occur.  The first is to create $4 billion in grants and loans to help build broadband infrastructure.  This program will be administered by the Department of Agriculture’s Rural Utilities Service (“RUS”) and the Commerce Department’s National Telecommunications and Information Administration (“NTIA”).  The second is to have the FCC develop a national broadband plan.

 

Broadband Stimulus (ARRA)

 

The ARRA program administered by NTIA is primarily a grant program, and the ARRA program administered by RUS is a grant and loan program.  Both have specific target areas and directives and were required by Congress to complete the application and funding process by September 2010.  Rounds one and two of these programs have been completed.  Consolidated reviewed both program opportunities for rounds one and two and determined that neither made economic sense to pursue at this time.  The outcomes of both rounds one and two resulted in very few applicants receiving money and those that did cover very little of our geographic areas.

 

National Broadband Plan

 

On April 8, 2009, the FCC began the process of developing a national broadband plan that will seek to ensure that every American has access to broadband capability.  ARRA requires the plan to address four major areas of broadband deployment and use: (1) broadband access to all Americans effectively and efficiently, (2) affordability and utilization, (3) status of deployment and (4) broadband advancement on civic and public services.  The plan, which was released on March 16, 2010, proposed changes to a number of FCC policies and regulations in an effort to promote these goals.  The FCC issued the first of many notices of proposed rulemakings on the plan on February 8, 2011, addressing universal service, intercarrier compensation, VOIP calling and phantom traffic.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

 

Risks Relating to Current Economic Conditions

 

Unfavorable changes in financial markets could adversely affect pension plan investments resulting in material funding requirements to meet our pension obligations.

 

Our pension plans have investments in marketable securities, including marketable debt and equity securities, whose values are exposed to changes in the financial markets.  We expect that we will continue to make future cash contributions to the plans, the amount and timing of which will depend on various factors including the finalization of funding regulations, future investment performance, changes in future discount rates and changes in demographics of the population participating in the Company’s qualified pension plan.  Returns generated on plan assets have historically funded a large portion of the benefits paid under these plans.  Sustained returns below the estimated long-term rate of return could significantly increase our contribution requirements, which could adversely affect cash flows from operations.

 

Weak economic conditions in our service areas could cause us to lose subscriber connections and revenues.

 

Substantially all of our customers and operations are located in Illinois, Pennsylvania and Texas.  Our customer base is small and geographically concentrated, particularly for residential customers.  Because of our geographic focus, the successful operation and growth of our business depends primarily on economic conditions in the service areas of our rural telephone companies.  The economies of these areas, in turn, are dependent upon many factors, including:

 

·                  Demographic trends;

·                  In Illinois, the strength of the agricultural markets and the light manufacturing and services industries, continued demand from universities and hospitals, and the level of government spending;

·                  In Pennsylvania, the strength of small- to medium-sized businesses, healthcare and education spending; and

·                  In Texas, the strength of the manufacturing, healthcare, waste management, and retail industries and continued demand from schools and hospitals.

 

Downturns in the economic conditions in the markets we serve could cause our existing customers to reduce their purchases of our services and make it difficult for us to obtain new customers which could negatively impact local access lines and revenues.

 

Risks Relating to Dividends

 

This section discusses reasons why we may be unable to pay dividends at our historic levels, or at all.

 

Our Board of Directors could, in its discretion, depart from or change our dividend policy at any time.

 

We are not required to pay dividends and our stockholders do not have contractual or other rights to receive them.  Our Board of Directors may decide at any time, in its discretion, to decrease the amount of dividends, change or revoke the dividend policy, or discontinue paying dividends entirely.  If we do not

 

28



Table of Contents

 

pay dividends, for whatever reason, shares of our common stock could become less liquid and the market price of our common stock could decline.

 

Our ability to pay dividends, and our Board of Directors’ determination to maintain our dividend policy, will depend on numerous factors, including:

 

·                  The state of our business, the environment in which we operate, and the various risks we face, including competition, technological change, changes in our industry, and regulatory and other risks summarized in this Annual Report on Form 10-K;

·                  Changes in the factors, assumptions, and other considerations made by our Board of Directors in reviewing and adopting the dividend policy, as described under “Dividend Policy and Restrictions” in Item 5 of this Annual Report;

·                  Our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity needs and capital resources;

·                  Our expected cash needs, including for interest and any future principal payments on indebtedness, capital expenditures, taxes, and pension and other postretirement contributions; and

·                  Potential sources of liquidity, including borrowing under our revolving credit facility or possible asset sales.

 

We might not have sufficient cash to maintain current dividend levels.

 

While our estimated cash available to pay dividends for the year ended December 31, 2010 was sufficient to pay dividends in accordance with our dividend policy, if our future estimated cash available were to fall below our expectations, or if our assumptions as to estimated cash needs prove incorrect, we may need to:

 

·                  Reduce or eliminate dividends;

·                  Fund dividends by incurring additional debt (to the extent we are permitted to do so under the agreements governing our then-existing debt), which would increase our leverage, debt repayment obligations, and interest expense, decrease our interest coverage, and reduce our capacity to incur debt for other purposes, including to fund future dividend payments;

·                  Amend the terms of our credit agreement, if our lenders agree, to permit us to pay dividends or make other payments the agreement would otherwise restrict;

·                  Fund dividends by issuing equity securities, which could be dilutive to our stockholders and negatively affect the price of our common stock;

·                  Fund dividends from other sources, such as by asset sales or working capital, which would leave us with less cash available for other purposes; and

·                  Reduce other expected uses of cash, such as capital expenditures.

 

Over time, our capital and other cash needs will invariably be subject to uncertainties, which could affect whether we pay dividends and at what level.  In addition, if we seek to raise additional cash by incurring debt or issuing equity securities, we cannot assure that such financing will be available on reasonable terms or at all.  Each of the possibilities listed above could negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and ability to maintain and expand our business.

 

Because we are a holding company with no operations, we can only pay dividends if our subsidiaries transfer funds to us.

 

As a holding company, we have no direct operations, and our principal assets are the equity interests we hold in our subsidiaries.  However, our subsidiaries are legally distinct and have no

 

29



Table of Contents

 

obligation to transfer funds to us.  As a result, we are dependent on our subsidiaries’ results of operations, existing and future debt agreements, governing state law and regulatory requirements, and the ability to transfer funds to us to meet our obligations and to pay dividends.

 

Restrictions in our debt agreements or applicable state legal and regulatory requirements may prevent us from paying dividends.

 

Our ability to pay dividends will be restricted by current and future agreements governing our debt, including our credit agreement, as well as the corporate law and regulatory requirements in several states.

 

Based on the results of operations from October 1, 2005, through December 31, 2010, we would have been able to pay a dividend of $136.4 million under the restricted payment covenants in our credit agreement.  After giving effect to the dividend of $11.5 million, which was declared in November 2010 and paid in February 2011, we could pay a dividend of $124.9 million under the credit facility.

 

Under Delaware law, our Board of Directors may not authorize a dividend unless it is paid out of our surplus (calculated in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation law), or, if we do not have a surplus, it is paid out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and the preceding fiscal year.  Statutes governing Illinois and Pennsylvania corporations impose similar limitations on the ability of our subsidiaries that are incorporated in those states to declare and pay dividends.

 

State regulators could require our rural telephone companies to make capital expenditures and could limit the amount of cash those entities may lawfully transfer to us.  For example, the ICC imposed various conditions on its approval of the reorganization consummated in connection with our initial public offering.  Those conditions prohibit our subsidiary, ICTC, from paying dividends or making other cash transfers to us if ICTC failed to meet or exceed agreed-upon benchmarks for a majority of seven service quality metrics for the prior reporting year.  In addition, ICTC must have access to the higher of $5.0 million or its currently approved capital expenditure budget for each calendar year through a combination of available cash and amounts available under credit facilities. In addition, the Illinois Public Utilities Act prohibits ICTC from paying dividends, except out of earnings and earned surplus, if ICTC’s capital is or would become impaired by the payment, or if payment of the dividend would impair ICTC’s ability to render reasonable and adequate service at reasonable rates, unless the ICC otherwise finds that the public interest requires payment of the dividend, subject to any conditions that regulator may impose.  The PAPUC has placed debt and transaction cost recovery restrictions for a three-year period that could have an impact to the payment of dividends.

 

If our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

 

We carry significant amounts of goodwill and other intangible assets on our books as a result of previous acquisitions.  Under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), we review our goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.  Goodwill and other intangible assets are required to be tested for impairment at least annually.  Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our goodwill or other intangible assets that have infinite useful lives may not be recoverable include a decline in stock price and market capitalization, future cash flows and slower or declining growth rates.  We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets is determined, resulting in an impact to our results of operations and stockholders’ equity.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

Our estimated tax payments related to our federal income tax liability increased in 2010 and will likely remain as high in the future as we have utilized all of our federal net operating losses, which may reduce the amount of cash available to pay dividends.

 

Under the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation that incurs losses in excess of taxable income (known as a “net operating loss,” or “NOL”) generally may carry the loss back or forward and use it to offset taxable income in a different period.  We have utilized all our federal net operating losses (net of valuation allowances) that we can carry forward to future periods.  Since our NOLs have been used or have expired, we will be required to pay additional cash income taxes.  The increase in our cash income tax liability may reduce the amount of cash available to pay dividends and could require us to reduce the amount of dividends we pay in the future.

 

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

 

If we continue to pay dividends at the level currently anticipated under our dividend policy, our ability to pursue growth opportunities may be limited.

 

We believe that our dividend policy could limit, but not preclude, our ability to grow.  If we continue paying dividends at the level currently anticipated, we may not retain a sufficient amount of cash to fund a material expansion of our business, including any acquisitions or growth opportunities requiring significant and unexpected capital expenditures.  For that reason, our ability to pursue any material expansion of our business may depend on our ability to obtain third-party financing.  We cannot guarantee that such financing will be available to us on reasonable terms or at all, particularly in the current economic environment.

 

Our organizational documents could limit or delay another party’s ability to acquire us and, therefore, could deprive our investors of a possible takeover premium for their shares.

 

A number of provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will make it difficult for another company to acquire us. Among other things, these provisions:

 

·                  Divide our Board of Directors into three classes, which results in roughly one-third of our directors being elected each year;

·                  Require the affirmative vote of holders of 75% or more of the voting power of our outstanding common stock to approve any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets;

·                  Provide that directors may only be removed for cause and then only upon the affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds or more of the voting power of our outstanding common stock;

·                  Require the affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds or more of the voting power of our outstanding common stock to amend, alter, change, or repeal specified provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

·                  Require stockholders to provide us with advance notice if they wish to nominate any candidates for election to our Board of Directors or if they intend to propose any matters for consideration at an annual stockholders meeting; and

·                  Authorize the issuance of so-called “blank check” preferred stock without stockholder approval upon such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

We also are subject to laws that may have a similar effect.  For example, federal, Illinois, and Pennsylvania telecommunications laws and regulations generally prohibit a direct or indirect transfer of

 

31



Table of Contents

 

control over our business without prior regulatory approval.  Similarly, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law restricts our ability to engage in a business combination with an “interested stockholder”.  These laws and regulations make it difficult for another company to acquire us, and therefore could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.  In addition, the rights of our common stockholders will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.

 

The concentration of the voting power of our common stock could limit a shareholder’s ability to influence corporate matters.

 

On December 31, 2010, Central Illinois Telephone, which is controlled by our Chairman, Richard A. Lumpkin, owned approximately 10.4% of our common stock, and our executive management and directors (excluding Mr. Lumpkin) owned approximately 2.4%.  As a result, these investors will be able to influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including:

 

·                  The election of directors;

·                  Significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets;

·                  Acquisitions that increase our indebtedness or the sale of revenue-generating assets;

·                  Corporate and management policies;

·                  Amendments to our organizational documents; and

·                  Other matters submitted to our stockholders for approval.

 

This share ownership may limit the ability of other shareholders to influence corporate matters.  We may take actions that many stockholders do not view as beneficial, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness and Our Capital Structure

 

We have a substantial amount of debt outstanding and may incur additional indebtedness in the future, which could restrict our ability to pay dividends and fund working capital and planned capital expenditures.

 

As of December 31, 2010, we had $880.0 million of long-term debt and $4.0 million of capital leases outstanding, excluding the current portion, along with $71.9 million of stockholders’ equity.  This amount of leverage could have important consequences, including:

 

·                  We may be required to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make interest payments on our debt, which will reduce funds available for operations, future business opportunities and dividends;

·                  We may have limited flexibility to react to changes in our business and our industry;

·                  It may be more difficult for us to satisfy our other obligations;

·                  We may have a limited ability to borrow additional funds or to sell assets to raise funds if needed for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other purposes;

·                  We may become more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including changes in interest rates; and

·                  We may be at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt.

 

We currently expect our cash interest expense to be approximately $45.0 million to $48.0 million in 2011.  Interest expense rose significantly beginning in 2008 after the North Pittsburgh acquisition as a

 

32



Table of Contents

 

result of the additional indebtedness incurred.  We cannot guarantee that we will generate sufficient revenues to service our debt and have adequate funds left over to achieve or sustain profitability in our operations, meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs, compete successfully in our markets, or pay dividends to our stockholders.

 

If we cannot generate sufficient cash from our operations to meet our debt service obligations, we may need to reduce or delay capital expenditures, the development of our business generally and any acquisitions.  If we became unable to meet our debt service and repayment obligations, we would be in default under the terms of our credit agreement, which would allow our lenders to declare all outstanding borrowings to be due and payable.  If the amounts outstanding under our credit facilities were to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full the money owed.

 

As of December 31, 2010, our credit agreement would have permitted us to incur approximately $76.2 million of additional debt.  However, additional debt would exacerbate the risks described above.

 

Our credit agreement contains covenants that limit management’s discretion in operating our business and could prevent us from capitalizing on opportunities and taking other corporate actions.

 

Among other things, our credit agreement limits or restricts our ability (and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries) to:

 

·                  Incur additional debt and issue preferred stock;

·                  Make restricted payments, including paying dividends on, redeeming, repurchasing, or retiring our capital stock;

·                  Make investments and prepay or redeem debt;

·                  Enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends, make loans, or transfer assets to us;

·                  Create liens;

·                  Sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries;

·                  Engage in transactions with affiliates;

·                  Engage in sale and leaseback transactions;

·                  Make capital expenditures;

·                  Engage in a business other than telecommunications; and

·                  Consolidate or merge.

 

In addition, our credit agreement requires us to comply with specified financial ratios, including ratios regarding total leverage and interest coverage.  Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control.  These restrictions limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs, or otherwise constrain our activities or business plans.  They also may adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, enter into acquisitions, or engage in other business activities that would be in our interest.

 

A breach of any of the covenants contained in our credit agreement, or in any future credit agreement, or our inability to comply with the financial ratios could result in an event of default, which would allow the lenders to declare all borrowings outstanding to be due and payable.  If the amounts outstanding under our credit facilities were to be accelerated, we cannot assure that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full the money owed.  In such a situation, the lenders could foreclose on the assets and capital stock pledged to them.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

We may not be able to refinance our existing debt if necessary, or we may only be able to do so at a higher interest expense.

 

Our credit facilities mature in full in 2014, and we do not expect earnings to be sufficient to allow repayment from that source, and we may not be able to refinance those loans.  Alternatively, any renewal or refinancing may occur on less favorable terms.  If we are unable to refinance or renew our credit facilities, our failure to repay all amounts due on the maturity date would cause a default under the credit agreement.  If we refinance our credit facilities on terms that are less favorable to us than the terms of our existing debt, our interest expense may increase significantly, which could impair our ability to use our funds for other purposes, such as to pay dividends.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

The telecommunications industry is constantly changing and competition is intense.

 

The telecommunications industry has been, and we believe will continue to be, characterized by several trends, including:

 

·                  Intense competition within established markets from providers that may offer competing or alternative services;

·                  The blurring of traditional dividing lines between, and the bundling of, different services, such as local dial tone, long-distance, wireless, cable, and data, Internet and video services; and

·                  A continuation of the trend for mergers and strategic alliances that allow one telecommunications provider to offer increased services or access to wider geographic markets.

 

We expect competition to remain intense as a result of existing and new competitors and the development of new technologies, products and services.  Consequently, we may need to spend significantly more in capital expenditures than we currently anticipate to keep existing customers and to attract new ones.

 

Many of our voice and data competitors, such as cable providers, Internet access providers, wireless service providers, and long-distance carriers, have substantially larger operational and financial resources, own larger and more diverse networks, are subject to less regulation and have superior brand recognition.  In addition, due to consolidation and strategic alliances within the industry, we cannot predict the number of competitors we will face at any given time.  Competition could adversely affect us in several ways including the loss of customers and resulting revenue and market share, the possibility of customers reducing their usage of our services or shifting to less profitable services, our need to lower prices or increase marketing expenses to remain competitive and our inability to diversify by successfully offering new products or services.

 

The use of new technologies by other companies may increase our costs and cause us to lose customers and revenues.

 

The telecommunications industry is subject to rapid and significant changes in technology, frequent new service introductions and evolving industry standards.  Technological developments may make our services less competitive.  We may need to respond by making unbudgeted upgrades or significant capital expenditures or by developing additional services, which could be expensive and time consuming.  If we fail to respond successfully to technological changes or obsolescence, or fail to make use of important new technologies, we could lose customers and revenues and be limited in our ability to

 

34



Table of Contents

 

attract new customers.  The successful development of new services, which is an element of our business strategy, is uncertain and dependent on many factors, and we may not generate anticipated revenues from such services, which would reduce our profitability.  We cannot predict the effect of these changes on our competitive position, costs, or profitability.

 

In addition, we expect that an increasing amount of our revenues will come from providing DSL, VOIP and IPTV services.  The market for high-speed Internet access is still developing, and we expect current competitors and new market entrants to introduce competing services and to develop new technologies.  Likewise, the ability to deliver high-quality video service over traditional telephone lines is a recent advance that is still developing.  The markets for these services could fail to develop, grow more slowly than anticipated, or become saturated with competitors with superior pricing or services.  In addition, federal or state regulators may expand their control over DSL, VOIP service and IPTV offerings.  We cannot predict the outcome of these regulatory developments or how they may affect our obligations or the form of competition for these services.  As a result, we could have higher costs and capital expenditures, lower revenues, and greater competition than expected for DSL, VOIP and IPTV services.

 

A system failure could cause delays or interruptions of service, which could cause us to lose customers.

 

We have in the past experienced short, localized disruptions in our service due to factors such as cable damage, inclement weather and service failures by our third-party service providers.  To be successful, we need to continue to provide our customers reliable service over our network.  The principal risks to our network and infrastructure include physical damage to our central offices or local access lines, power surges or outages, software defects and other disruptions beyond our control.

 

Disruptions may cause interruptions in service or reduced capacity for customers, either of which could cause us to lose customers and incur unexpected expenses.

 

We are dependent on third-party vendors for our information, billing, and network systems, as well as IPTV service.

 

Sophisticated information and billing systems are vital to our ability to monitor and control costs, bill customers, process orders, provide customer service and achieve operating efficiencies.  We currently rely on internal systems and third-party vendors to provide all of our information and processing systems, as well as applications that support our IP services, including IPTV.  Some of our billing, customer service and management information systems have been developed for us by third parties and may not perform as anticipated.  In addition, our plans for developing and implementing our information systems, billing systems, network systems and IPTV service rely primarily on the delivery of products and services by third-party vendors.  Our right to use these systems is dependent upon license agreements, some of which can be cancelled by the vendor.  If a vendor cancels or refuses to renew one of these agreements, our operations may be impaired.  If we need to switch vendors, the transition could be costly and affect operating efficiencies.

 

The State of Illinois is a significant customer, and our contracts with the state are favorable to the government.

 

In 2010, 2009 and 2008, 63.0%, 45.4% and 47.4%, respectively, of our Other Operations revenues were derived from our relationships with various agencies of the State of Illinois—principally the Department of Corrections through our Prison Services business (the sharp increase in the percentage of revenue generated from our relationship with the State of Illinois for our Other Operation segment in

 

35



Table of Contents

 

2010 is the result of the loss of other revenue previously included in this operating segment related to the sale of our CMR and Operator Services business units in 2010).

 

Our relationship with the Illinois Department of Corrections accounted for 91.8%, 91.2% and 91.6% of our Prison Services revenues during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Our relationship (initially through our predecessor) with the Illinois Department of Corrections has continued uninterrupted since 1990, despite changes in government administrations.  Nevertheless, obtaining contracts from government agencies is challenging, and government contracts often include provisions that are favorable to the government in ways that are not standard in private commercial transactions. Specifically, each of our contracts with the State of Illinois:

 

·                  Permits the applicable state agency to terminate the contract without cause and without penalty under some circumstances;

·                  Has renewal provisions that require decisions of state agencies that are subject to political influence;

·                  Gives the State of Illinois the right to renew the contract at its option but does not give us the same right; and

·                  Could be cancelled if state funding becomes unavailable.

 

The failure of the State of Illinois to perform under the existing agreements for any reason, or to renew the agreements when they expire, could have a material adverse effect on our revenues.

 

We have employees who are covered by collective bargaining agreements and could be adversely affected by labor disputes.

 

At December 31, 2010, approximately 49% of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements.  These employees are hourly workers located in all of our service territories and are represented by various unions and locals.  Our existing collective bargaining agreements begin expiring in 2011 and continue to expire through 2013.  While we believe our relations with the unions representing these employees are good, any protracted labor disputes or labor disruptions by any of our employees could have a significant negative effect on our financial results and operations.

 

If we cannot obtain and maintain necessary rights-of-way for our network, our operations may be interrupted and we would likely face increased costs.

 

We need to obtain and maintain the necessary rights-of-way for our network from governmental and quasi-governmental entities and third parties, such as railroads, utilities, state highway authorities, local governments and transit authorities.  We may not be successful in obtaining and maintaining these rights-of-way or obtaining them on acceptable terms.  Some agreements relating to rights-of-way may be short-term or revocable at will, and we cannot be certain that we will continue to have access to existing rights-of-way after the governing agreements are terminated or expire.  If any of our right-of-way agreements were terminated or could not be renewed, we may be forced to remove our network facilities from the affected areas, relocate or abandon our networks.  This would interrupt our operations and force us to find alternative rights-of-way and make unexpected capital expenditures.  In addition, our failure to maintain the necessary rights-of-way, franchises, easements, licenses and permits may result in an event of default under our credit agreement.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

We depend on certain key management personnel, and need to continue to attract and retain highly qualified management and other personnel in the future.

 

Our success depends upon the talents and efforts of key management personnel, many of whom have been with our company and in our industry for decades.  The loss of any of these individuals, due to retirement or otherwise, and the inability to attract and retain highly qualified technical and management personnel in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Future acquisitions could be expensive and may not be successful.

 

Our acquisition strategy entails numerous risks.  The pursuit of acquisition candidates could be expensive and may not be successful.  Our ability to complete future acquisitions will depend on whether we can identify suitable acquisition candidates, negotiate acceptable terms, and, if necessary, finance those acquisitions.  We may be competing in these endeavors with other parties, some of which may have greater financial and other resources than we do.  Whether any particular acquisition is closed successfully, the pursuit of an acquisition would likely require considerable time and effort from management, which would detract from their ability to run our current business.  We may face unexpected challenges in receiving any required approvals from the applicable regulator(s), which could delay or prevent an acquisition.

 

If we are successful in closing an acquisition, we would face several risks in integrating the acquired business.  For example, we may face unexpected difficulties entering markets in which we have little or no direct prior experience or generating expected revenue and cash flow from the acquired company or assets.  We have in the past incurred significant integration and restructuring costs associated with acquisitions we have completed.  Although we would expect to realize efficiencies from the integration of businesses that will offset the incremental transaction, integration and restructuring costs over time, there can be no assurances that we would achieve such efficiencies to offset any expenses.

 

Any of these potential problems could have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to achieve sufficient cash flow, provide adequate working capital, service and repay our indebtedness, and pay dividends.

 

Regulatory Risks

 

The telecommunications industry is subject to extensive regulation that could change in a manner adverse to us.

 

Our main sources of revenues are our local telephone businesses in Illinois, Pennsylvania and Texas.  The laws and regulations governing these businesses may be, and in some cases have been, challenged in the courts, and could be changed by Congress, state legislatures, or regulators.  In addition, federal or state authorities could impose new regulations that increase our operating costs or capital requirements or that are otherwise adverse to us.  We cannot predict future developments or changes to the regulatory environment or the impact such developments or changes may have on us.

 

Legislative or regulatory changes could reduce or eliminate the revenues our rural telephone companies receive from network access charges.

 

A significant portion of our ILECs’ revenues come from network access charges paid by long-distance and other carriers for using our local telephone facilities to originate or terminate long-distance calls in our service areas.  The amount of network access charge revenues that our ILECs receive is based on interstate rates set by the FCC and intrastate rates set by state regulators.  The FCC has reformed, and continues to reform, the federal network access system.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

The FCC is currently considering sweeping potential changes in network access charges including switched access, special access and broadband services.  Depending on the FCC’s decisions, our network access revenues could decline materially.  We do not know whether increases in other revenues, such as subsidies and monthly line charges, will effectively offset any reductions in access charges.  State regulators may also make changes in our intrastate network access charges that could reduce our revenues.  To the extent regulators permit competitive telephone companies to increase their operations in the areas served by our rural telephone companies, a portion of long-distance and other carriers’ network access charges will be paid to those competitors rather than to our companies.  Finally, the compensation our companies receive from network access charges could be reduced due to competition from wireless carriers.  Illinois law now prohibits us from charging intrastate access rates higher than our interstate access rates, regardless of our costs.

 

Our Pennsylvania rural telephone company is an average schedule rate of return company, which means its interstate access revenues are based upon a statistical formula developed by NECA and approved by the FCC, rather than upon its actual costs.  The formulas are reviewed by NECA and the FCC annually and there could be changes to the formulas in the future, which could have an impact on our revenues.

 

Legislative or regulatory changes could reduce or eliminate the government subsidies we receive.

 

The federal and state systems of subsidies, which constitute a significant portion of our revenues, may be modified.  During the last two years, the FCC has modified the Federal Universal Service Fund system to change the sources of support and the method for determining the level of support that will be distributed.  The FCC is considering proposals for additional changes to the Federal Universal Service Fund.  These issues may become the subject of legislative amendments to the Telecommunications Act.  In addition, the Pennsylvania PUC has a proceeding to review its state universal service fund program.  As part of the proceeding, the Commission could attempt to override the current Pennsylvania statute 183 which provides for revenue offsets for any reduction to intrastate access.

 

If our rural telephone companies do not continue to receive federal and state subsidies, or if these subsidies are reduced, these subsidiaries likely will have lower revenues and may not be able to operate as profitably as they have in the past.

 

Proposed access and universal service reforms could have an adverse impact on our revenues.

 

When the FCC issued its National Broadband Plan on March 16, 2010, it included proposals for comprehensive reform in the areas of access and universal service regimes, the treatment of VOIP traffic, broadband services and net neutrality, all of which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.  The FCC issued an order on net neutrality on December 23, 2010 implementing three core principles: 1) Transparency - all broadband Internet providers must disclose network management practices, performance characteristics and commercial terms of service; 2) No Blocking - fixed broadband providers may not block lawful content, applications or services or the attachment of non-harmful devices; and 3) Nondiscrimination - fixed broadband providers may not engage in unreasonable discrimination in transmitting lawful network traffic.   Verizon filed a lawsuit on January 20, 2011 to reverse the FCC decision.

 

The high costs of regulatory compliance could make it more difficult for us to enter new markets, make acquisitions, or change our prices.

 

Regulatory compliance is a significant expense for us and diverts the time and effort of management and our officers away from running the business.  In addition, because regulations differ

 

38



Table of Contents

 

from state to state, it would be expensive to introduce services in states where we do not currently operate and understand the regulatory requirements.  Compliance costs and information barriers could make it difficult and time-consuming to enter new markets or to evaluate and compete to acquire local access lines or businesses as they arise.

 

Our intrastate services generally are subject to certification, tariff filing and other ongoing state regulatory requirements.  Challenges to our tariffs by regulators or third parties, or delays in obtaining certifications and regulatory approvals, could cause us to incur substantial legal and administrative expenses.  Moreover, successful challenges could adversely affect the rates that we are able to charge to customers, which would negatively affect our revenues.  Some states also require advance regulatory approval of mergers, acquisitions, transfers of control, stock issuance, and certain types of debt financing, which can increase our costs and delay strategic transactions.

 

Legislative and regulatory changes in the telecommunications industry could raise our costs and reduce potential revenues.

 

Currently, there is only a small body of law and regulation applicable to access to, or commerce on, the Internet.  As Internet usage continues to grow, governments at all levels may adopt new rules and regulations or find new ways to apply existing laws and regulations.  The FCC currently is reviewing the appropriate regulatory framework governing broadband consumer protections for high-speed Internet access through telephone and cable providers’ communications networks.  The outcome of these proceedings may affect our regulatory obligations and costs and competition for our services, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues.

 

We are subject to extensive laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, natural resources, and worker health and safety.

 

Our operations and properties are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment, natural resources, and worker health and safety, including laws and regulations governing and creating liability in connection with the management, storage, and disposal of hazardous materials, asbestos and petroleum products.  We also are subject to laws and regulations governing air emissions from our fleets of vehicles.  As a result, we face several risks, including:

 

·                  Hazardous materials may have been released at properties that we currently own or formerly owned (perhaps through our predecessors).  Under certain environmental laws, we could be held liable, without regard to fault, for the costs of investigating and remediating any actual or threatened contamination at these properties, and for contamination associated with disposal by us or our predecessors of hazardous materials at third-party disposal sites.

·                  We could incur substantial costs in the future if we acquire businesses or properties subject to environmental requirements or affected by environmental contamination.  In particular, environmental laws regulating wetlands, endangered species, and other land use and natural resource issues may increase costs associated with future business or expansion opportunities or delay, alter, or interfere with such plans.

·                  The presence of contamination can adversely affect the value of our properties and make it difficult to sell any affected property or to use it as collateral.

·                  We could be held responsible for third-party property damage claims, personal injury claims, or natural resource damage claims relating to contamination found at any of our current or past properties.

 

The cost of complying with environmental requirements could be significant.  Similarly, the

 

39



Table of Contents

 

adoption of new environmental laws or regulations or changes in existing laws or regulations or their interpretations could result in significant compliance costs or unanticipated environmental liabilities.

 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2.  Properties

 

Our corporate headquarters and most of the administrative offices for our Telephone Operations are located in Mattoon, Illinois.

 

We lease properties pursuant to agreements that expire at various times between 2011 and 2030.  The following chart summarizes the principal facilities owned or leased by us as of December 31, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating segment

 

 

 

Location

 

Primary Use

 

Owned/
leased

 

Telephone
Operations

 

Other
Operations

 

Approximate
square
footage

 

Gibsonia, PA

 

Office and switching

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

91,141

 

Conroe, TX

 

Regional office

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

51,900

 

Mattoon, IL

 

Corporate office

 

Leased

 

X

 

X

 

49,100

 

Mattoon, IL

 

Operator services and operations

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

36,300

 

Mattoon, IL

 

Operations and distribution center

 

Leased

 

X

 

X

 

30,900

 

Mattoon, IL

 

Sales and administration center

 

Leased

 

X

 

X

 

30,700

 

Lufkin, TX

 

Office and switching

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

28,707

 

Conroe, TX

 

Warehouse and plant

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

28,500

 

Lufkin, TX

 

Communications center and office

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

23,190

 

Katy, TX

 

Warehouse and office

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

19,716

 

Taylorville, IL

 

Communications center and office

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

15,900

 

Taylorville, IL

 

Operations and distribution center

 

Leased

 

X

 

X

 

14,700

 

Lufkin, TX

 

Warehouse

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

14,200

 

Cranberry Township, PA

 

Office and switching

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

13,110

 

Charleston, IL

 

Communications center and office

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

12,661

 

Litchfield, IL

 

Office and switching

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

12,190

 

Lufkin, TX

 

Office and data center

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

11,900

 

Conroe, TX

 

Office

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

10,650

 

Mattoon, IL

 

Office

 

Owned

 

X

 

X

 

10,100

 

 

In addition to the facilities listed above, we own or have the right to use approximately 725 additional properties consisting of equipment at point of presence sites, central offices, remote switching sites and buildings, tower sites, small offices, storage sites and parking lots.  Some of the facilities listed above also serve as central office locations.

 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

 

On April 15, 2008, Salsgiver Inc., a Pennsylvania-based telecommunications company, and certain of its affiliates filed a lawsuit against us and our subsidiaries North Pittsburgh Telephone Company and North Pittsburgh Systems Inc. in the Court of Common Pleas of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania alleging that we have prevented Salsgiver from connecting their fiber optic cables to our

 

40



Table of Contents

 

utility poles.  Salsgiver seeks compensatory and punitive damages as the result of alleged lost projected profits, damage to its business reputation and other costs.  It claims to have sustained losses of approximately $125 million but does not request a specific dollar amount in damages.  We believe that these claims are without merit and that the alleged damages are completely unfounded.  We intend to defend against these claims vigorously. In the third quarter of 2008, we filed preliminary objections and responses to Salsgiver’s complaint.  However, the court ruled against our preliminary objections.  On November 3, 2008, we responded to Salsgiver’s amended complaint and filed a counter-claim for trespass, alleging that Salsgiver attached cables to our poles without an authorized agreement and in an unsafe manner.  We are currently in the discovery and deposition stage.  In addition, we have asked the FCC Enforcement Bureau to address Salsgiver’s unauthorized pole attachments and safety violations on those attachments.  We believe that these are violations of an FCC order regarding Salsgiver’s complaint against us.  We do not believe that these claims will have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

 

We are from time to time involved in various other legal proceedings and regulatory actions arising out of our operations.  We are not involved in any such legal or regulatory proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, that we believe would have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results or financial condition.

 

Item 4.  [Removed and Reserved]

 

41



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market for our Common Stock and Holders of Record

 

Our common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CNSL”. As of February 23, 2011, we had 1,510 stockholders of record. Because many of our outstanding shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders. The high and low reported sales prices per share of our common stock are set forth in the following table for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

Period

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

First quarter

 

19.07

 

16.27

 

12.48

 

7.90

 

Second quarter

 

19.50

 

16.64

 

12.12

 

10.24

 

Third quarter

 

18.67

 

16.61

 

16.01

 

11.17

 

Fourth quarter

 

19.30

 

18.37

 

17.48

 

13.60

 

 

Our Board of Directors declared (and we paid) dividends totaling $0.38738 per share in each of the periods listed above.

 

Dividend Policy and Restrictions

 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a dividend policy that reflects its judgment that our stockholders are better served if we distribute a substantial portion of the cash generated by our business in excess of our expected cash needs rather than retaining the cash or using it for investments, acquisitions, or other purposes.  We expect to continue to pay quarterly dividends at an annual rate of $1.5495 per share during 2011 but only if and to the extent declared by our Board of Directors and subject to various restrictions on our ability to do so.  Dividends on our common stock are not cumulative.

 

Please see “Part I — Item 1A — Risk Factors” of this report, which sets forth several factors that could prevent stockholders from receiving dividends in the future.  The “Risk Factors” section also discusses how our dividend policy could inhibit future growth and acquisitions.

 

We expect to fund our expected cash needs, including dividends, with cash flow from operations.  We also expect to have sufficient availability under our revolving credit facility for these purposes, but we do not intend to borrow to pay dividends.

 

Performance Graph

 

Set forth below is a graph comparing the cumulative five-year total return of holders of our  common stock with the cumulative total returns of the S&P 500 index, the Dow Jones US Fixed-Line Telecommunications index and a customized peer group of four companies that includes: Alaska Communications Systems Group, Inc., Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc., Otelco, Inc. and Shenandoah Telecommunications Company.  The graph assumes that the value of the investment in the Company’s common stock, in each index, and in the peer group (including reinvestment of dividends) was $100 on December 31, 2005 and tracks it through December 31, 2010.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE RETURN*

Among Consolidated Communications Holdings, the S&P 500 Index,

the Dow Jones US Fixed-Line Telecommunications Index and a Peer Group

 

GRAPHIC

 


 

*$100 invested on 12/31/05 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.

 

Fiscal year ending December 31.

 

 

 

Copyright© 2011 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.

 

Copyright© 2011 Dow Jones & Co. All rights reserved.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(In dollars)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.

 

244.05

 

203.16

 

122.10

 

182.49

 

177.83

 

S&P 500

 

111.99

 

97.33

 

76.96

 

122.16

 

115.80

 

Dow Jones US Fixed-Line Telecommunications

 

162.43

 

136.90

 

126.00

 

173.55

 

149.30

 

Peer group

 

181.55

 

151.21

 

137.90

 

167.49

 

152.96

 

 

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Issuer Purchases of Common Stock During the Quarter Ended December 31, 2010

 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2010, we reacquired and cancelled 53,538 common shares surrendered by employees to pay taxes in connection with the vesting of restricted common shares issued under our stock-based compensation plan.  The following table provides information about the shares reacquired:

 

Purchase period

 

Total number of
shares purchased

 

Average price paid
per share

 

Total number of
shares purchased
as part of publicly
announced plans

 

Maximum number
of shares that may
yet be purchased
under the plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 2010

 

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

November 2010

 

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

December 2010

 

53,538

 

$

18.69

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

 

The selected financial information set forth below has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Consolidated as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006.  The following selected historical financial information should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.

 

The balance sheet data presented below as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the statement of operations data presented below for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.  The other balance sheet data and statement of operations data is derived from our previously audited consolidated financial statements included in our prior Form 10-K filings.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(In millions, except per share amounts)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007 (5)

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone operations revenues

 

$

349.6

 

$

364.6

 

$

379.0

 

$

288.2

 

$

280.4

 

Other operations revenues

 

33.8

 

41.6

 

39.4

 

41.0

 

40.4

 

Total operating revenues

 

383.4

 

406.2

 

418.4

 

329.2

 

320.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of products and services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

 

142.3

 

145.5

 

143.5

 

107.3

 

98.1

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

88.0

 

104.8

 

108.8

 

89.6

 

94.7

 

Intangible asset impairment

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

11.3

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

87.2

 

85.2

 

91.7

 

65.7

 

67.4

 

Income from operations

 

65.9

 

70.7

 

68.3

 

66.6

 

49.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net (1)

 

(50.7

)

(57.9

)

(66.3

)

(46.5

)

(42.9

)

Other income (loss), net

 

27.0

 

25.5

 

10.8

 

(3.4

)

8.0

 

Income before income taxes and extraordinary item

 

42.2

 

38.3

 

12.8

 

16.7

 

14.4

 

Income tax expense

 

9.0

 

12.4

 

6.6

 

4.7

 

0.4

 

Income before extraordinary item

 

33.2

 

25.9

 

6.2

 

12.0

 

14.0

 

Extraordinary item, net of tax

 

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

Net income

 

33.2

 

25.9

 

13.4

 

12.0

 

14.0

 

Net income of noncontrolling interest (2)

 

0.6

 

1.0

 

0.9

 

0.6

 

0.7

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders (2)

 

$

32.6

 

$

24.9

 

$

12.5

 

$

11.4

 

$

13.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income per common share—basic: (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income per common share before extraordinary item

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.48

 

Extraordinary item per share

 

 

 

0.24

 

 

 

Net income per common share—basic

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.48

 

Basic weighted-average number of shares

 

29,490

 

29,396

 

29,321

 

25,764

 

27,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income per common share—diluted: (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income per common share before extraordinary item

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.48

 

Extraordinary item per share

 

 

 

0.24

 

 

 

Net income per common share—diluted

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.48

 

Diluted weighted-average number of common and common equivalent shares

 

29,490

 

29,396

 

29,321

 

25,764

 

28,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends per common share

 

$

1.55

 

$

1.55

 

$

1.55

 

$

1.55

 

$

1.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated cash flow data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

$

115.0

 

$

116.3

 

$

92.4

 

$

82.1

 

$

84.6

 

Cash flows used for investing activities

 

(40.7

)

(41.6

)

(48.0

)

(305.3

)

(26.7

)

Cash flows used for financing activities

 

(49.4

)

(47.4

)

(63.3

)

230.9

 

(62.7

)

Capital expenditures

 

41.8

 

42.4

 

48.0

 

33.5

 

33.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

67.7

 

$

42.8

 

$

15.5

 

$

34.3

 

$

26.7

 

Total current assets

 

136.3

 

107.9

 

78.6

 

99.6

 

74.2

 

Net property, plant and equipment (6)

 

356.1

 

377.2

 

400.3

 

411.6

 

314.4

 

Total assets

 

1,209.5

 

1,226.6

 

1,241.6

 

1,304.6

 

889.6

 

Total debt (including current portion) (4)

 

884.1

 

880.3

 

881.3

 

892.6

 

594.0

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

71.9

 

80.7

 

75.3

 

159.7

 

118.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (7)

 

$

183.2

 

$

188.8

 

$

189.8

 

$

143.8

 

$

139.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other data (as of the end of the period) (Unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Local access lines

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

140,660

 

146,766

 

162,067

 

183,070

 

155,354

 

Business

 

96,481

 

100,469

 

102,256

 

103,116

 

78,335

 

Total local access lines

 

237,141

 

247,235

 

264,323

 

286,186

 

233,689

 

CLEC access line equivalents

 

81,090

 

72,681

 

74,687

 

70,063

 

 

VOIP subscribers

 

8,640

 

8,665

 

6,510

 

2,494

 

 

IPTV subscribers

 

29,236

 

23,127

 

16,666

 

12,241

 

6,954

 

ILEC DSL subscribers

 

106,387

 

100,122

 

91,817

 

81,337

 

52,732

 

Total connections

 

462,494

 

451,830

 

454,003

 

452,321

 

293,375

 

 


(1)  Interest expense includes amortization of deferred financing costs totaling $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, $1.4 million for 2008, $3.2 million for 2007 and $3.3 million for 2006.

 

(2)  We adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) authoritative guidance on the presentation of noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements effective January 1, 2009.  This presentation has been retrospectively applied to all periods presented.

 

(3)  We adopted the FASB’s authoritative guidance on the treatment of participating securities in the calculation of earnings per share on January 1, 2009.  This presentation has been retrospectively applied to all periods presented.

 

(4)  In connection with the acquisition of North Pittsburgh on December 31, 2007, we incurred $296.0 million new term debt, net of the repayment of existing debt.

 

(5)  We acquired North Pittsburgh on December 31, 2007.  Balance sheet and other data as of that date includes the accounts of North Pittsburgh.  Our results of operations include North Pittsburgh beginning January 1, 2008.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

(6)  Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. The cost of additions, replacements, and major improvements is capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are charged to expenses.  When property, plant and equipment are retired from our regulated subsidiaries, the original cost, net of salvage, is charged against accumulated depreciation, with no gain or loss recognized in accordance with composite group life remaining methodology used for regulated telephone plant assets.

 

(7)  We present Adjusted EBITDA (which is a non-GAAP financial measure) for three reasons: we believe it is a useful indicator of our historical debt capacity and our ability to service debt and pay dividends; it provides a measure of consistency in our financial reporting; and covenants in our credit facilities contain ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA.

 

Adjusted EBITDA is defined in our current credit facility as:

 

Consolidated Net Income (also defined in our credit facility),

(a) plus the following, to the extent deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income:

(i) interest expense, amortization, or write-off of debt discount and non-cash expense incurred in connection with equity compensation plans;

(ii) provision for income taxes;

(iii) depreciation and amortization;

(iv) non-cash charges for asset impairment; all charges, expenses, and other extraordinary, non-recurring, and unusual integration costs or losses related to the acquisition of North Pittsburgh, including all severance payments in connection with the acquisition, so long as such costs or losses are incurred prior to December 31, 2009, and do not exceed $12.0 million in the aggregate;

(v) all non-recurring transaction fees, charges, and other amounts related to the acquisition of North Pittsburgh (excluding all amounts otherwise included in accordance with U.S. GAAP in determining Adjusted EBITDA), so long as such fees, charges, and other amounts do not exceed $18 million in the aggregate;

(b) minus (in the case of gains) or plus (in the case of losses) gain or loss on sale of assets;

(c) minus (in the case of gains) or plus (in the case of losses) non-cash income or charges relating to foreign currency gains or losses;

(d) plus (in the case of losses) or minus (in the case of income) non-cash minority interest income or loss;

(e) plus (in the case of items deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income) or minus (in the case of items added in arriving at Consolidated Net Income) non-cash charges resulting from changes in accounting principles;

(f) plus extraordinary losses and minus extraordinary gains as defined by GAAP;

(g) plus (in the case of any period ending on December 31, 2007, and any period ending during the seven immediately succeeding fiscal quarters of the Company, to the extent not otherwise included in Adjusted EBITDA) cost savings to be realized by the Company and its subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of North Pittsburgh that are attributable to the integration of the Company’s operations and businesses in Illinois and Texas with the acquired Pennsylvania operations, which cost savings are deemed to be the amounts set forth on a schedule to the credit agreement for each such fiscal quarter; and

(h) minus interest income.

 

If our Adjusted EBITDA were to decline below certain levels, there may be violations of covenants in our credit facilities that are based on this measure, including our total net leverage and interest coverage ratios covenants. The consequences could include a default or mandatory prepayment or a prohibition on dividends.

 

We believe that net cash provided by operating activities is the most directly comparable financial measure to Adjusted EBITDA under GAAP.  Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for consolidated statement of operations and cash flows data prepared in accordance with GAAP.  Adjusted EBITDA is not a complete measure of profitability because it does not include costs and expenses identified above.  Nor is Adjusted EBITDA a complete net cash flow measure because it does not include reductions for cash payments for an entity’s obligation to service its debt, fund its working capital, make capital expenditures, make acquisitions, or pay its income taxes and dividends.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(In millions, unaudited)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

115.0

 

$

116.3

 

$

92.4

 

$

82.1

 

$

84.6

 

Non-cash, stock-based compensation

 

(2.4

)

(1.9

)

(1.9

)

(4.0

)

(2.5

)

Other adjustments, net (a)

 

(0.9

)

(1.0

)

3.8

 

(9.5

)

(2.0

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

8.6

 

(2.2

)

9.9

 

8.5

 

0.6

 

Interest expense, net

 

50.7

 

57.9

 

66.3

 

46.5

 

42.9

 

Income taxes

 

9.0

 

12.4

 

6.6

 

4.7

 

0.4

 

EBITDA (b)

 

180.0

 

181.5

 

177.1

 

128.3

 

124.0

 

Adjustments to EBITDA (c):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Integration, restructuring and Sarbanes Oxley (d)

 

 

7.4

 

4.8

 

1.2

 

3.7

 

Other, net (e)

 

(26.7

)

(24.4

)

(19.9

)

(6.6

)

(7.1

)

Investment distributions (f)

 

27.5

 

22.4

 

17.8

 

6.6

 

5.5

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt (g)

 

 

 

9.2

 

10.3

 

 

Intangible asset impairment (a)

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

11.2

 

Extraordinary item (h)

 

 

 

(7.2

)

 

 

Non-cash, stock-based compensation (i)

 

2.4

 

1.9

 

1.9

 

4.0

 

2.5

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

183.2

 

$

188.8

 

$

189.8

 

$

143.8

 

$

139.8

 

 


(a)          Other adjustments, net includes $6.1 million and $11.2 million of intangible asset impairment charges for years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2006, respectively.  During our annual impairment review for 2008, we determined that the projected future cash flows of CMR would not be sufficient to support the carrying value of the goodwill.  In addition, based on a decline in estimated future cash flows of CMR and Operator Services business, our 2006 annual impairment review determined that the value of the customer lists associated with these businesses was impaired.  Non-cash impairment charges are excluded in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA under our credit facility.

 

(b)         EBITDA is defined as net earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization on an unadjusted basis.

 

(c)          These adjustments reflect those required or permitted by the lenders under the credit facility in place at the end of each of the years included in the periods presented.

 

(d)         In connection with our acquisition of TXUCV and North Pittsburgh, we incurred certain expenses associated with integrating and restructuring the businesses. These expenses include severance and employee relocation expenses, Sarbanes-Oxley start-up costs, costs to integrate our technology, administrative and customer service functions and billing systems.

 

(e)          Other, net includes the equity earnings from our investments, dividend income, and certain other miscellaneous non-operating items.  Key man life insurance proceeds of $0.3 million received in 2007 is not deducted to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA.

 

(f)            For purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA, we include all cash dividends and other cash distributions received from our investments.

 

(g)         Represents the redemption premium and write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with the redemption and retirement of our senior notes during 2008 and the write-off of debt issuance costs in connection with retiring the obligations under our former credit facility and entering into a new credit facility contemporaneously with the North Pittsburgh acquisition.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

(h)         Upon making the election to discontinue the applicable accounting guidance for regulated enterprises in accounting for the effects of certain types of regulation, we recognized an extraordinary non-cash gain and began to apply the authoritative guidance required for the discontinuance of the application of regulatory accounting.  See the financial statements and footnotes for additional information.

 

(i)             Represents compensation expenses in connection with our Restricted Share Plan. Because of their non-cash nature, these expenses are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion of our consolidated operating results and financial condition for the three years ended December 31, 2010, should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1.

 

“Consolidated Communications” or the “Company” refers to Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. alone or with its wholly owned subsidiaries as the context requires.  When this report uses the words “we,” “our,” or “us,” they refer to the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

Overview

 

We are an established rural local exchange carrier that provides communications services to residential and business customers in Illinois, Texas and Pennsylvania. We offer a wide range of telecommunications services, including local and long-distance service, high-speed broadband Internet access, standard and high-definition digital television, VOIP, custom calling features, private line services, carrier access services, network capacity services over our regional fiber optic network, directory publishing and CLEC services.  We also operate two non-core complementary businesses:  telephone services to correctional facilities and equipment sales.

 

Executive Summary

 

We generated net income attributable to common stockholders in 2010 of $32.6 million, or $1.09 per diluted share, as compared to net income attributable to common stockholders of $24.9 million, or $0.84 per diluted share, in 2009.  Net income in 2010 benefited from significantly lower interest expense (including a net $1.0 million decrease in interest expense related to uncertain tax positions), significantly lower income tax expense (primarily related to a net $4.2 million decrease in expense for uncertain tax positions) and lower pension and professional fees.  Net income also benefited from increased earnings from our wireless partnerships.  We also continue to benefit from ongoing cost reductions from previous integration and cost reduction projects.  These ongoing cost reductions have allowed us to mostly offset declines in revenue.  Operating expenses were negatively impacted in 2010 by higher depreciation and an increase in bad debt expense.  Operating expenses in 2009 were negatively impacted by higher pension and postretirement expense and $7.4 million of integration and restructuring expenses.

 

Revenue in 2010 decreased to $383.4 million as compared to $406.2 million in 2009.  Revenue declines were principally the result of the sale of our CMR and Operator Services businesses during 2010.  The year over year decline in revenues as a result of the sale of these businesses totaled $10.2 million.  Excluding the impact on revenue from the sale of these business units, year-over-year revenues decreased by only 3.2%.  Declines in our traditional wireline businesses, caused primarily from a loss of access lines (which includes local calling services, network access services, subsidies and long-distance services) were partially offset by a double digit percentage growth in data, Internet and video revenues.  Revenues from our Prison Services business also increased in 2010 versus 2009.

 

Redemption of senior notes

 

On April 1, 2008, we redeemed all of the then-outstanding 9.75% senior notes using $120.0 million borrowed under a delayed draw term loan and cash on hand.  The total amount of the redemption was $136.3 million, including a redemption premium of 4.875%, or $6.3 million.  We recognized a $9.2 million loss on the redemption of the notes.  As a result of the transaction, annualized cash interest expense was reduced by $4 million.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

Discontinuance of Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation

 

Historically, our Illinois and Texas ILEC operations followed the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) authoritative guidance for regulated enterprises in accounting for the effects of certain types of regulation.  This authoritative guidance required the recognition of the economic effects of rate regulation by recording costs and a return on investment as such amounts are recovered through rates authorized by regulatory authorities.  Changes to our business, however, have impacted the dynamics of our operating environment.  In the last half of 2008, we experienced a significant increase in competition in our Illinois and Texas markets primarily due to traditional cable competitors offering voice services.  Also, effective July 1, 2008, we made an election to transition from rate of return to price cap regulation at the interstate level for our regulated Illinois and Texas operations.  The conversion to price caps provides for greater pricing flexibility, especially in the increasingly competitive special access segment and in launching new products.  Additionally, in response to customer demand, we launched our own VOIP service product offering as an alternative to our traditional wireline services.  While there have been no material changes in our bundling strategy or in our end-user pricing, the pricing structure is transitioning from being based on the recovery of costs to a pricing structure based on market conditions.

 

Based on these and other factors impacting our business, we determined in late 2008 that the applicability of the authoritative guidance for regulated enterprises was no longer appropriate in the reporting of our financial results.  As a result, we began to apply the authoritative guidance required for the discontinuance of application of regulatory accounting.  This authoritative guidance requires the elimination of the effects of any actions of regulators that had previously been recognized in accordance with the authoritative guidance for regulated enterprises but that would not have been recognized by nonregulated enterprises.  Depreciation rates of certain assets established by regulatory authorities for our telephone operations subject to the authoritative guidance for regulated enterprises have historically included a systematic charge for removal costs in excess of the related estimated salvage value on those assets, resulting in a net over-depreciation of those assets over their useful lives.  Costs of removal were then appropriately applied against this reserve.  Upon discontinuance of the authoritative guidance for regulated enterprises, we reversed the impact of recognizing removal costs in excess of the related estimated salvage value, which resulted in recording a non-cash extraordinary gain of approximately $7.2 million, net of taxes of approximately $4.2 million, in the three months ended December 31, 2008.  Our Pennsylvania ILEC previously discontinued the application of the authoritative guidance for regulated enterprises prior to our acquisition of North Pittsburgh, and, as a result, was not affected by the change in 2008.

 

General

 

The following general factors should be considered in analyzing our results of operations:

 

Revenues

 

Telephone Operations and Other Operations.  Our revenues are derived primarily from the sale of voice and data communication services to residential and business customers in our rural telephone companies’ service areas.  Because we operate primarily in rural service areas, we do not anticipate significant growth in revenues in our Telephone Operations segment except through acquisitions.  However, we do expect relatively consistent cash flow from year to year because of stable customer demand, and a generally supportive regulatory environment.

 

Local access lines and bundled services. An “access line” is the telephone line connecting a home or business to the public switched telephone network.  The number of local access lines in service directly affects the monthly recurring revenue we generate from end users, the amount of traffic on our network,

 

50



Table of Contents

 

the access charges we receive from other carriers, the federal and state subsidies we receive and most other revenue streams.  We had 237,141, 247,235 and 264,323 local access lines, respectively, in service as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

Most wireline telephone companies have experienced a loss of local access lines due to increased competition from wireless providers, competitive local exchange carriers, cable operators and challenging economic conditions.  We have not been immune to these conditions (See “—Trends and Factors that May Affect Future Operating Results”).  In 2008, both Suddenlink and Comcast, cable competitors in Texas, as well as NewWave Communications in Illinois, launched a competing voice product, which contributed to a spike in our line loss.  We estimate that cable companies are now offering voice service to all of their addressable customers, covering 85% of our entire service territory.

 

In addition, we believe that our VOIP telephone additions are being substituted for our traditional access lines.  We expect to continue to experience modest erosion in access lines both due to market forces and through our own cannibalization.

 

We have been able in some instances to offset the decline in local access lines with increased average revenue per access line by:

 

·                  Aggressively promoting DSL service, including selling DSL as a stand-alone offering;

·                  Value bundling services, such as DSL or IPTV, with a combination of local service and custom calling features;

·                  Maintaining excellent customer service standards; and

·                  Keeping a strong local presence in the communities we serve.

 

We have implemented a number of initiatives to gain new local access lines and retain existing lines by making bundled service packages more attractive (for example, by adding unlimited long-distance), through the use of local measured service with free incoming calls and by announcing special promotions, like discounted second lines.  We also market a “triple play” bundle, which includes local telephone service, DSL and IPTV.  As of December 31, 2010, IPTV was available to approximately 205,000 homes in our markets.  Our IPTV subscriber base has grown substantially over the last three years and totaled 29,236, 23,127 and 16,666 subscribers at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

We also continue to experience substantial growth in the number of DSL subscribers we serve.  We had 106,387, 100,122 and 91,817 DSL lines in service as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Currently over 95% of our rural telephone companies’ local access lines are DSL capable.

 

In addition to our access line, DSL and video initiatives, we intend to continue to integrate best practices across our markets. We also continue to look for ways to enhance current products and introduce new services to ensure that we remain competitive and continue to meet our customers’ needs. These initiatives have included:

 

·                  Hosted VOIP service in all of our markets to meet the needs of small to medium-sized business customers that want robust functionality without having to purchase a traditional key or PBX phone system;

·                  VOIP service for residential customers, which is being offered to our customers as a growth opportunity and as an alternative to the traditional phone line for customers who are considering a switch to a cable competitor;

 

51



Table of Contents

 

·                  DSL service—even to users who do not have an access line—which expands our customer base and creates additional revenue-generating opportunities;

·                  Metro-Ethernet services delivered over our copper infrastructure with speeds of 25 mbps to 40 mbps;

·                  DSL product with speeds up to 20 mbps for those customers desiring greater Internet speed; and

·                  High definition video programming, video on demand and DVR recorders in all of our IPTV markets.

 

These efforts may mitigate the financial impact of any access line loss we experience.

 

Expenses

 

Our primary operating expenses consist of cost of services, selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization expenses.

 

Cost of services and products.  Our cost of services includes the following:

 

·                  Operating expenses relating to plant costs, including those related to the network and general support costs, central office switching and transmission costs, and cable and wire facilities;

·                  General plant costs, such as testing, provisioning, network, administration, power and engineering;

·                  The cost of transport and termination of long-distance and private lines outside our rural telephone companies’ service area; and

·                  The cost of programming content used to deliver analog and digital television services.

 

We have agreements with various carriers to provide long-distance transport and termination services.  We believe we will meet all of our commitments in these agreements and will be able to procure services for periods after our current agreements expire.  We do not expect any material adverse effects from any changes in any new service contract.

 

Selling, general and administrative expensesSelling, general and administrative expenses include selling and marketing expenses; expenses associated with customer care; billing and other operating support systems; and corporate expenses, such as professional service fees and non-cash, stock-based compensation.

 

Our operating support and back-office systems enter, schedule, provision, and track customer orders; test services and interface with trouble management; and operate inventory, billing, collections, and customer care service systems for the local access lines in our operations.  We have migrated most key business processes onto a single Company-wide system and platform.  We hope to improve profitability by reducing individual Company costs through centralizing, standardizing, and sharing best practices.  We did not incur any integration or restructuring expenses in 2010.  For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we incurred integration and restructuring expenses of $7.4 million and $4.8 million, respectively.  Savings from integration and restructuring, along with other cost reduction efforts, have allowed us to mostly offset revenue declines.

 

Depreciation and amortization expenses.  Prior to our discontinuance of the application of the authoritative guidance on accounting for the effects of certain types of regulation on December 31, 2008 as noted above, we recognized depreciation expenses for our regulated telephone operations using rates and lives approved by the state regulators for regulatory reporting purposes.  Upon the discontinuance of

 

52



Table of Contents

 

the application of this authoritative guidance, we revised the useful lives on a prospective basis to be similar to a non-regulated entity.

 

The provision for depreciation on property and equipment is recorded using the straight-line method based upon the following useful lives:

 

Years

 

 

 

Buildings

 

18 - 40

 

Network and outside plant facilities

 

3 - 50

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

3 - 15

 

Capital Leases

 

11

 

 

Amortization expenses are recognized primarily for our intangible assets considered to have finite useful lives on a straight-line basis. In accordance with the applicable authoritative guidance, goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but rather are tested at least annually for impairment.  Because tradenames have been determined to have indefinite lives, they are not amortized. Customer relationships are amortized over their useful life.  The net carrying value of customer lists at December 31, 2010, is being amortized at a weighted-average life of approximately 2.9 years.

 

Results of Operations

 

Segments

 

We have two reportable business segments, Telephone Operations and Other Operations.  The results of operations discussed below reflect our consolidated results.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to December 31, 2009

 

The following summarizes our revenues and operating expenses on a consolidated basis for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

53



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

(in millions, except for percentages)

 

$

 

%

 

$

 

%

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Local calling services

 

91.9

 

24.0

 

97.2

 

23.9

 

Network access services

 

81.7

 

21.3

 

86.3

 

21.3

 

Subsidies

 

48.7

 

12.7

 

56.0

 

13.8

 

Long-distance services

 

18.0

 

4.7

 

20.4

 

5.0

 

Data, Internet and video services

 

75.2

 

19.6

 

68.1

 

16.8

 

Other services

 

34.1

 

8.9

 

36.6

 

9.0

 

Total telephone operations

 

349.6

 

91.2

 

364.6

 

89.8

 

Other operations

 

33.8

 

8.8

 

41.6

 

10.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

 

383.4

 

100.0

 

406.2

 

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone operations

 

199.1

 

51.9

 

211.1

 

52.0

 

Other operations

 

31.2

 

8.2

 

39.2

 

9.6

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

87.2

 

22.7

 

85.2

 

21.0

 

Total operating expense

 

317.5

 

82.8

 

335.5

 

82.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

65.9

 

17.2

 

70.7

 

17.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

50.7

 

13.2

 

57.9

 

14.3

 

Other income, net

 

27.0

 

7.0

 

25.5

 

6.3

 

Income tax expense

 

9.0

 

2.3

 

12.4

 

3.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

33.2

 

8.7

 

25.9

 

6.4

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

0.6

 

0.2

 

1.0

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

 

32.6

 

8.5

 

24.9

 

6.1

 

 

Revenue

 

Revenue in 2010 declined by $22.8 million, or 5.6%, to $383.4 million from $406.2 million in 2009.  The decline in revenue was principally the result of the sale of our CMR and Operator Services businesses during 2010 and declines in our traditional wireline businesses (which includes local calling services, network access services, subsidies and long-distance services) caused primarily by a loss of access lines.     The year over year decline in revenues as a result of the sale of CMR and Operator Services totaled $10.2 million.  Excluding the impact on revenue from the sale of these business units, year-over-year revenues decreased by only 3.2%.  These declines were partially offset by a double digit percentage growth in data, Internet and video revenues.  DSL and IPTV connections increased significantly in 2010.  Revenues from our Prison Services business also increased in 2010 versus 2009.  Connections by type are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential access lines in service

 

140,660

 

146,766

 

Business access lines in service

 

96,481

 

100,469

 

Total local access lines in service

 

237,141

 

247,235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VOIP subscribers

 

8,640

 

8,665

 

IPTV subscribers

 

29,236

 

23,127

 

ILEC DSL subscribers

 

106,387

 

100,122

 

Total broadband connections

 

144,263

 

131,914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLEC access line equivalents (1)

 

81,090

 

72,681

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total connections

 

462,494

 

451,830

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-distance lines (2)

 

172,856

 

165,714

 

Dial-up subscribers

 

1,354

 

2,371

 

 

54



Table of Contents

 


(1)  CLEC access line equivalents represent a combination of voice services and data circuits.  The calculations represent a conversion of data circuits to an access line basis.  Equivalents are calculated by converting data circuits (basic rate interface, primary rate interface, DSL, DS-1, DS-3 and Ethernet) and SONET-based (optical) services (OC-3 and OC-48) to the equivalent of an access line.

 

(2) Reflects the inclusion of long-distance service provided as part of our VOIP offering while excluding CLEC long-distance subscribers.

 

Telephone Operations Revenue

 

Local calling services revenue decreased by $5.3 million, or 5.5%, to $91.9 million in 2010 compared to $97.2 million in 2009.  The decrease is primarily due to the decline in local access lines, as discussed under “—Trends and Factors that May Affect Future Operating Results”.

 

Network access services revenue decreased by $4.6 million, or 5.3%, to $81.7 million in 2010 compared to $86.3 million in 2009.  The decrease is primarily due to a decline in switched access revenue as a result of a decline in minutes of use.  In addition, we experienced a decrease in subscriber line charge revenue due to access line loss.

 

Subsidy revenue decreased by $7.3 million, or 13.0%, to $48.7 million in 2010 compared to $56.0 million in 2009.  The decrease was principally the result of a reduction in the amount of interstate high cost fund support we received, and, to a lesser extent, access line loss for interstate common line revenue.

 

Long-distance services revenue decreased by $2.4 million, or 11.8%, to $18.0 million in 2010 as compared to $20.4 million in 2009.  The decrease is primarily due to a decline in billable minutes as customers increase their use of wireless devices for long-distance calls and move to unlimited long-distance plans.

 

Data, Internet and video revenue increased by $7.1 million, or 10.4%, to $75.2 million in 2010 as compared to $68.1 million in 2009.  The increase is primarily due to continued growth in the number of DSL and IPTV subscribers, along with higher fees related to the expansion of additional services such as video on demand and higher DSL speeds.

 

Other services revenue decreased by $2.5 million, or 6.8%, to $34.1 million in 2010 as compared to $36.6 million in 2009.  The decrease is primarily due to a reduction in revenue related to our transport business along with a decrease in other miscellaneous services such as inside wire maintenance, billing and collections and finance charges.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Other Operations Revenue

 

Other Operations revenue decreased by $7.8 million, or 18.8%, to $33.8 million in 2010 as compared to $41.6 million in 2009.  The sale of our CMR and Operator Services business units negatively affected revenue by $10.2 million year over year.  A gain in revenue from our Prison Services business partially offset some of this decline.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses decreased in 2010 by $20.0 million, or 8.0%, to $230.3 million as compared to $250.3 million in 2009.  Reductions in operating expenses by segment are discussed below.  Reductions in operating expenses have allowed us to mostly offset revenue declines.

 

Telephone Operations Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses for Telephone Operations decreased by $12.0 million, or 5.7%, to $199.1 million in 2010 as compared to $211.1 million in 2009.  The overall decrease in operating expenses was principally the result of $7.4 million of integration expenses incurred in 2009 with no equivalent amounts incurred in 2010, along with lower pension, postretirement and professional fee expenses in 2010.  These decreases in operating expense were partially offset by higher bad debt expense related to an increase in the number of IPTV subscribers and an increase in intercarrier access disputes.  As our IPTV subscriber base increases, we expect to see corresponding increases in bad debt.  Our cost structure continues to benefit from previous integration and cost reduction efforts from prior years.

 

Other Operations Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses for Other Operations decreased by $8.0 million, or 20.4%, to $31.2 million in 2010 as compared to $39.2 million in 2009.  The decrease in Other Operations expenses was primarily the result of the elimination of $11.0 million of operating expenses related to the sale of our CMR and Operator Services business units in 2010.  These decreases were partially offset by an increase in operating expenses related to revenue growth in our Prison Services business.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $2.0 million, or 2.3%, to $87.2 million in 2010 compared to $85.2 million in 2009.  The increase in depreciation and amortization is principally due to increased spending on video equipment which has a relatively shorter depreciation life.

 

Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income

 

Interest expense, net of interest income, decreased by $7.2 million, or 12.4%, to $50.7 million in 2010 compared to $57.9 million in 2009.  Interest expense in 2010 benefited from the expiration during 2009 of $135 million of fixed interest rate swaps as the fixed rates paid on the swaps were at a significantly higher rate than the rates we received in return, as well as lower overall interest rates in general.  Interest expense in 2010 also benefited from the reversal of $1.4 million of interest expense related to uncertain tax positions for which the statute of limitations expired on September 15, 2010.

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

Other income (expense) increased $1.5 million to $27.0 million in 2010 compared to $25.5 million in 2009.  The 2010 increase was principally due to improved earnings from our wireless partnerships.  Other

 

56



Table of Contents

 

income (expense) in 2009 was positively affected by a gain of $1.8 million from the reversal of a previously established reserve in excess of the settlement amount of a dispute with Verizon.

 

Income Taxes

 

Our provision for income taxes decreased by $3.4 million to $9.0 million in 2010 compared to $12.4 million in 2009.  The effective tax rate was 21.3% for 2010 and 32.3% for 2009.

 

The effective rate was lower in 2010 primarily due to changes in unrecognized tax benefits.  During 2010, we recognized a net $4.2 million decrease in our liability for uncertain tax positions which reduced our tax expense for the year by a corresponding amount.  The net decrease included a $5.4 million decrease due to the expiration of a federal statute of limitation and an increase of $1.2 million related to 2009 state income tax filings with a corresponding $0.4 million of related federal deferred tax asset.  We also recognized $0.3 million of tax benefit in 2010 from adjusting our 2009 provision to match our 2009 returns versus $0.9 million of tax benefit in 2009 from adjusting our 2008 provision to match our 2008 returns.  In addition, as a result of state tax planning and changes to our state tax reporting structure, we had a net decrease in our state deferred income tax rate.  This change in the state deferred income tax rate resulted in a $0.6 million of tax benefit in 2010 compared to a $1.0 million tax benefit in 2009 due to applying a lower effective deferred income tax rate to previously recorded tax liabilities.  In addition, various prior year returns were amended and filed in 2009, resulting in a $0.5 million state tax benefit.

 

Exclusive of these adjustments, our effective tax rate would have been 34.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 36.2% for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest

 

The net income attributable to noncontrolling interest totaled $0.6 million in 2010 versus $1.0 million in 2009.  The income for our ETFL subsidiary declined due to a reduction in revenue.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to December 31, 2008

 

The following summarizes our revenues and operating expenses on a consolidated basis for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

57



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

(in million, except for percentages)

 

$

 

%

 

$

 

%

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Local calling services

 

97.2

 

23.9

 

104.6

 

25.0

 

Network access services

 

86.3

 

21.3

 

95.3

 

22.8

 

Subsidies

 

56.0

 

13.8

 

55.2

 

13.2

 

Long-distance services

 

20.4

 

5.0

 

24.1

 

5.7

 

Data, Internet and video services

 

68.1

 

16.8

 

62.7

 

15.0

 

Other services

 

36.6

 

9.0

 

37.1

 

8.9

 

Total telephone operations

 

364.6

 

89.8

 

379.0

 

90.6

 

Other operations

 

41.6

 

10.2

 

39.4

 

9.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

 

406.2

 

100.0

 

418.4

 

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone operations

 

211.1

 

52.0

 

214.5

 

51.2

 

Other operations

 

39.2

 

9.6

 

43.8

 

10.5

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

85.2

 

21.0

 

91.7

 

21.9

 

Total operating expense

 

335.5

 

82.6

 

350.0

 

83.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

70.7

 

17.4

 

68.4

 

16.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

57.9

 

14.3

 

66.3

 

15.9

 

Other income, net

 

25.5

 

6.3

 

10.7

 

2.6

 

Income tax expense

 

12.4

 

3.0

 

6.6

 

1.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before extraordinary item

 

25.9

 

6.4

 

6.2

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Extraordinary item, net of tax

 

 

 

7.2

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

25.9

 

6.4

 

13.4

 

3.2

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

1.0

 

0.3

 

0.9

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

 

24.9

 

6.1

 

12.5

 

3.0

 

 

Revenue

 

Revenue in 2009 declined by $12.2 million, or 2.9%, to $406.2 million from $418.4 million in 2008. Overall, the decline in revenue was principally the result of year-over-year declines in the number of access lines, which impacted revenue for local calling services, network access services and long-distance services. This access line loss was partially offset by an increase in broadband connections. VOIP, DSL and IPTV connections all increased significantly in 2009. Connections by type are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential access lines in service

 

146,766

 

162,067

 

Business access lines in service

 

100,469

 

102,256

 

Total local access lines in service

 

247,235

 

264,323

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VOIP subscribers

 

8,665

 

6,510

 

IPTV subscribers

 

23,127

 

16,666

 

ILEC DSL subscribers

 

100,122

 

91,817

 

Total broadband connections

 

131,914

 

114,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLEC access line equivalents (1)

 

72,681

 

74,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total connections

 

451,830

 

454,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-distance lines (2)

 

165,714

 

165,953

 

Dial-up subscribers

 

2,371

 

3,957

 

 

58



Table of Contents

 


(1)  CLEC access line equivalents represent a combination of voice services and data circuits.  The calculations represent a conversion of data circuits to an access line basis.  Equivalents are calculated by converting data circuits (basic rate interface, primary rate interface, DSL, DS-1, DS-3 and Ethernet) and SONET-based (optical) services (OC-3 and OC-48) to the equivalent of an access line.

 

(2) Reflects the inclusion of long-distance service provided as part of our VOIP offering while excluding CLEC long-distance subscribers

 

Telephone Operations Revenue

 

Local calling services revenue decreased by $7.4 million, or 7.1%, to $97.2 million in 2009 compared to $104.6 million in 2008.  The decrease is primarily due to the decline in local access lines, as discussed under “—Trends and Factors that May Affect Future Operating Results”.

 

Network access services revenue decreased by $9.0 million, or 9.4%, to $86.3 million in 2009 compared to $95.3 million in 2008.  The decrease is primarily due to a decline in switched access revenue as a result of a decline in minutes of use.  In addition, we experienced a decrease in subscriber line charge revenue due to access line loss.

 

Subsidy revenue was basically flat, totaling $56.0 million in 2009 versus $55.2 million in 2008, a $0.8 million increase, or 1.4%.  Increases in the amount of federal high cost fund support received was offset somewhat by a decline in the amount of state high cost fund support received.

 

Long-distance services revenue decreased by $3.7 million, or 15.4%, to $20.4 million in 2009 as compared to $24.1 million in 2008.  The decrease is primarily due to a decline in billable minutes as customers move to our unlimited long-distance plan.

 

Data, Internet and video revenue increased by $5.4 million, or 8.6%, to $68.1 million in 2009 as compared to $62.7 million in 2008.  The increase is primarily due to an increase in DSL and IPTV subscribers.

 

Other services revenue decreased by $0.5 million, or 1.3%, to $36.6 million in 2009 as compared to $37.1 million in 2008.  The decrease is primarily due to a reduction in revenue related to our transport business.

 

Other Operations Revenue

 

Other Operations revenue increased by $2.2 million, or 5.6%, to $41.6 million in 2009 as compared to $39.4 million in 2008.  Decreased incoming calls in our operator services business was offset by increases in our telemarketing and prison services businesses.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses decreased in 2009 by $1.9 million, or 0.8%, to $250.3 million as compared to $252.2 million in 2008.  Reductions in operating expenses by segment are discussed below.

 

Telephone Operations Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses for Telephone Operations decreased by $3.4 million, or 1.6%, to $211.1 million in 2009 as compared to $214.5 million in 2008.  The overall decrease in operating expenses was principally driven from a reduction in workforce implemented in early 2009, lower costs paid for access services as a result of lower minutes of usage and from cost reductions resulting from our integration projects.  In 2009, we successfully migrated our customer billing platform in Pennsylvania to the same billing system used by our ILECs in Texas and Illinois.  We also consolidated most of our corporate accounting functions into our Illinois corporate office and completed our consolidation into one network operations center based in Mattoon, Illinois.  2009 operating expenses were negatively affected by significantly higher pension and other postretirement costs and to a lesser extent from increased personal property and real estate taxes.  2008 operating expenses were negatively affected by costs incurred as a result of Hurricane Ike, which caused severe power outages in both Texas and Pennsylvania.

 

Other Operations Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses for Other Operations (excluding a goodwill impairment charge of $6.1 million in 2008) increased by $1.5 million, or 4.0%, to $39.2 million in 2009 as compared to $37.7 million in 2008.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $6.5 million, or 7.1%, to $85.2 million in 2009 compared to $91.7 million in 2008.  The decrease in depreciation and amortization is principally the result of the discontinuance of the accounting for the effects of certain types of regulation at December 31, 2008.

 

Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income

 

Interest expense, net of interest income, decreased by $8.4 million, or 12.7%, to $57.9 million in 2009 compared to $66.3 million in 2008.  Interest expense in 2009 benefited from the expiration in 2009 of $135 million of fixed interest rate swaps as the fixed rates paid on the swaps were at a significantly higher rate than the rates we received in return.  Interest expense also benefited in 2009 from significantly lower interest rates in general, as well as the repayment on April 1, 2008, of our senior notes which paid interest at 9.375%.

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

Other income (expense) increased $14.8 million to $25.5 million in 2009 compared to $10.7 million in 2008.  The increase was principally due to the $9.2 million loss on early extinguishment of debt recognized in 2008 related to the early redemption of our then outstanding senior notes and the related write-off of unamortized debt financing costs.  Other income (expense) in 2009 was positively affected by improved earnings from our wireless partnership interests and from a $1.8 million gain from the reversal of a previously established reserve in excess of the settlement amount of a dispute with Verizon.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Extraordinary Item

 

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we determined it was no longer appropriate to continue the application of the FASB’s authoritative guidance on the accounting for the effect of certain types of regulation for certain wholly owned subsidiaries—Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company, Consolidated Communications of Texas Company and Consolidated Communications of Fort Bend Company.

 

The decision to discontinue the application of this authoritative accounting guidance was based on recent changes to our operations which have impacted the dynamics of the Company’s business environment.  In the last half of 2008, we experienced a significant increase in competition in our Illinois and Texas markets as, primarily, our traditional cable competitors started offering voice services.  Also, effective July 1, 2008, we made an election to transition from rate of return to price cap regulation at the interstate level for our Illinois and Texas operations.  The conversion to price caps gives us greater pricing flexibility, especially in the increasingly competitive special access segment and in launching new products.  Additionally, in response to customer demand we have also launched our own VOIP product offering as an alternative to our traditional wireline services.  While there has been no material changes in our bundling strategy or in end-user pricing, our pricing structure is transitioning from being based on the recovery of costs to a pricing structure based on market conditions.  As required by the provisions of the applicable accounting guidance for regulated enterprises, we recorded a non-cash extraordinary gain of $7.2 million, net of tax of $4.2 million, from the write off of asset removal costs in excess of the salvage value of regulatory fixed assets which had previously been charged to depreciation over the assets’ useful life.

 

Income Taxes

 

Our provision for income taxes increased by $5.8 million to $12.4 million in 2009 compared to $6.6 million in 2008.  The effective tax rate was 32.3% for 2009 and 52.0% for 2008.

 

We adopted the applicable accounting guidance related to noncontrolling interest on January 1, 2009.  The presentation and disclosure requirements were applied retrospectively.  However, the income tax provision was not adjusted.  The result is a lower effective income tax rate due to the inclusion of income attributable to noncontrolling interest in income before the provision for income taxes.  The effective rate prior to adoption was 55.8% for 2008.

 

The effective rate was lower in 2009 due to state tax planning and the changes to our state tax reporting structure resulting from the completion of the internal restructuring effective December 31, 2008.  This change resulted in an additional net decrease in our state deferred income tax rate.  This change in the state deferred income tax rate resulted in a $1.0 million of tax benefit in 2009 due to applying a lower effective deferred income tax rate to previously recorded tax liabilities.  In addition, various prior-year state returns were amended and filed resulting in a $0.5 million state tax benefit.

 

Taxes were higher during 2008 due to state income taxes owed in certain states where we were required to file on a separate legal entity basis and the rate impact of the extraordinary gain presented net of tax.  In addition, we completed a tax free legal entity reorganization project resulting in changes to our state reporting structure.  The change resulted in a net decrease in our state deferred income tax rate.  The change in the state deferred income tax rate resulted in a $1.2 million tax benefit in 2008 due to applying a lower effective deferred income tax rate to previously recorded deferred tax liabilities.  Also, during 2008, the state of Texas completed an audit of two Texas subsidiaries resulting in additional tax expense of $0.8 million.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Exclusive of these adjustments, our effective tax rate would have been 36.2% for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 48.1% for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest

 

The net income attributable to noncontrolling interest totaled $1.0 million in 2009 versus $0.9 million in 2008.  The income for our ETFL subsidiary was relatively stable year over year.

 

Trends and Factors that May Affect Future Operating Results

 

Growth of data, Internet and video services

 

We continue to expand the deployment of our broadband and IPTV services.  Our business plan is focused on growing revenues by expanding the number of customers who subscribe to our Internet and IPTV services.  As of December 31, 2010, over 96% of our connections are DSL capable at speeds up to 6 mbps, and we have passed approximately 205,000 homes with our IPTV service.  We expect to continue increasing the percentage of households in our territories who subscribe to these services.  We also expect to continue working with our vendors to improve the requisite hardware and software technology.  If we are unable to continue to increase the penetration of our Internet and video services, our future revenues, cash flows and results of operations may suffer.

 

Although we expect revenues from data, Internet and video services to grow substantially, this business typically generates lower margins than our traditional wireline business (primarily due to the lack of subsidies for this revenue stream).  As a result, as we replace traditional wireline revenue with revenue from data, Internet and video services, our margins may decline.  See “—Results of Operations”.

 

Loss of Access Lines

 

Most wireline telephone companies have experienced a loss of local access lines due to increased competition from wireless providers, cable television operators, competitive local exchange carriers and challenging economic conditions.  We have not been immune to these conditions.  In 2010 and 2009, our number of access lines decreased by 10,094 and 17,088, respectively.  The number of local access lines in service directly affects the monthly recurring revenue we generate from end-users, the amount of traffic on our network, the access charges we receive from other carriers, the federal and state subsidies we receive, and most other revenue streams.  We expect this trend to continue although on a declining scale.  The continued decline in local access lines will have a negative impact on our future cash flow and results of operations.

 

Competition and Regulation

 

Technological, regulatory and market changes have provided us both new opportunities and challenges.  These changes have allowed us to offer new types of services in an increasingly competitive market.  At the same time, they have allowed other service providers to broaden the scope of their own competitive offerings.  Current and potential competitors for network services include other telephone companies, cable companies, wireless service providers, satellite providers, Internet service providers, providers of VOIP services and other companies that offer network services using a variety of technologies.  Many of these companies have a strong market presence, brand recognition and existing customer relationships, all of which contribute to intensifying competition and may affect our future revenue growth.  Many of our competitors also remain subject to fewer regulatory constraints than us.  We are unable to predict definitively the impact that the ongoing changes in the telecommunications industry will ultimately have on our business, results of operations or financial condition.  The financial

 

62



Table of Contents

 

impact will depend on several factors, including the timing, extent and success of competition in our markets, the timing and outcome of various regulatory proceedings and any appeals, and the timing, extent and success of our pursuit of new opportunities.

 

Summary of Critical Accounting Policies

 

We base this discussion and analysis of our results of operations, cash flow and financial condition on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

Goodwill

 

The FASB accounting guidance related to goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives requires us to perform an assessment, no less than annually, of the carrying value of goodwill associated with each of our reporting units.  The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step process.  The first step identifies potential impairment by comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill.  To calculate the reporting unit’s fair value, we utilize both a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of our reporting units as well as a market approach.  Significant management judgment is required in developing the assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model.  These significant assumptions include increases or decreases in growth rates for revenues and expenses, expected amounts for future capital expenditures, working capital needs, and discount rates (weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”)).  If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is deemed not to be impaired.  If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and a second step is performed to measure the amount of any potential impairment.

 

The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one indicated potential impairment.  The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the estimated fair value of all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit determined based on a hypothetical purchase price allocation from the fair value of the reporting unit determined in step one.  If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment.  If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write down the carrying value of goodwill to the implied fair value.

 

In 2008, we considered our reporting units to be the Telephone Operations services in our Illinois ILEC territory, Telephone Operations services in our Texas ILEC territories, Telephone Operations services in our Pennsylvania ILEC territory, Pennsylvania CLEC Operations and each of the companies in our Other Operations Segment, which includes Prison Services, Business Systems, Operator Services and CMR.

 

Beginning in 2009, after undergoing an internal legal entity restructuring and completing the final stages of the integration of our Texas, Illinois and Pennsylvania operations, we re-evaluated our reporting units based on how our business is currently being managed.  Segment management evaluates the operations of the telephone operations segment on a consolidated basis rather than at a geographic level.  In general, product managers and cost managers are responsible for managing costs and services across territories rather than treating the territories as separate business units.  As a result of the integration, the operations of our Illinois, Texas and Pennsylvania properties can no longer be easily separated.  These operations share network operations monitoring, call routing, remittance, customer service, billing

 

63



Table of Contents

 

systems and research and development costs.  In addition, the Pennsylvania territories receive their video programming from a video head-end located in the Illinois territory, and all of the networks provide redundancy.  As such, a substantial portion of the assets could not be sold individually without incurring substantial cost to separate processes, systems and technologies.  As a result, beginning in 2009, we have combined the Telephone Operations of our Illinois, Texas and Pennsylvania territories and our Pennsylvania CLEC operations into a single reporting unit, Telephone Operations.  Had the individual telephone operations territories been aggregated when goodwill was tested in 2008, the results would not have changed.

 

Following the impairment of goodwill recognized in our CMR reporting unit in the fourth quarter of 2008, the only remaining reporting units in the Other Operations segment which have a goodwill intangible balance are our Prison Services and Business Systems entities.  The carrying value of the goodwill by reporting unit as of December 31, 2010 is:

 

Telephone operations

 

$519.5 million

Prison Services

 

$0.2 million

Business Systems

 

$0.8 million

 

We perform our annual assessment of the carrying value of goodwill as of November 30 of each year, or more frequently if circumstances arise which would indicate a reduction in the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value.  Each year as of November 30, we determine the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units using a discounted cash flow model.  Our 2010, 2009 and 2008 impairment testing did not result in any impairment of any reporting units, except for the CMR reporting unit in 2008.  In 2008, we recorded an impairment charge of $6.1 million as the carrying value of the CMR reporting unit exceeded the implied fair value of goodwill as of the testing date.

 

The discount rate, sales growth and profitability assumptions are material assumptions utilized in our discounted cash flow model.  The discount rate is an after-tax WACC.  The WACC is calculated based on observable market data.  Some of this data (such as the risk free or treasury rate and the pretax cost of debt) are based on the market data at a point in time.  Other data (such as beta and the equity risk premium) are based upon market data over time.  Sales growth rates and profitability assumptions are aligned with our long-term strategic planning process and reflect the best estimate of future results based on all information available to us at the assessment date.

 

In 2010, the equity portion of our WACC included an equity risk premium of 6.7%, a beta of 1.08, a risk-free treasury rate of 3.80%, and a small stock risk premium of 2.49%.  In addition, we used a debt yield of 7.83%, which represents a weighted-average high yield applicable to some of our competitors as of December 2010 plus an additional adjustment of 1.50% to recognize the amount of leverage of our Company versus some in our peer group.

 

Using the inputs above, the WACC used in our discounted cash flow model was 8.2% at November, 30, 2010.  Holding all other inputs in our model constant, we could increase the WACC rate to approximately 9.95% without the reporting unit’s calculated fair value falling below its carrying value.  In addition, the calculated fair value of our reporting units could decrease by approximately 18% without falling below the carrying value.

 

Our discounted cash flow model assumes that our broadband business (both Internet and IPTV) continues to grow, mostly offsetting a projected continued decline in the wireline telephone business.  We have also assumed a slow but continuous increase in operating expense. As a result, our model assumes margin compression as higher margin revenues generated from local access lines are being replaced by lower margin revenues from DSL, IPTV, VOIP and other products.  For the reporting units in our Other

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Operation segment, we assumed flat to slightly growing revenue, while expense growth is consistent with the assumptions made in the telephone operations segment.  This mostly results in steady margins, which is consistent with the recent operations of these businesses.  Despite these conservative assumptions, our analysis continues to conclude that there is no impairment of the carrying value of our goodwill in any of our reporting units.

 

We also evaluated the carrying value of our reporting units using a market approach.  In applying this methodology, we looked at prior transactions involving other comparable RLECs and the market multiples which were paid relative to enterprise value.  This approach confirmed the indicative fair values under the discounted cash flow approach.

 

In the course of operating the business, should our assumptions not be realized, we would generally attempt to offset any unexpected revenue declines with proportional reductions in our cost structure, including cost of services and products and selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

Other Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets, other than goodwill, not being amortized are also reviewed for impairment as part of our annual business planning cycle in the fourth quarter or whenever events or circumstances make it more likely than not that an impairment may have occurred.  Several factors could trigger an impairment review, including:

 

·                  A change in the use or perceived value of our tradenames;

·                  Significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

·                  Significant regulatory changes that would impact future operating revenues;

·                  Significant changes in our customer base;

·                  Significant negative industry or economic trends; or

·                  Significant changes in the overall strategy we employ to operate our business.

 

We determine if impairment exists primarily based on a method that uses discounted cash flows.  This requires management to make certain assumptions regarding future income, royalty rates, and discount rates, all of which would affect our impairment calculation.  Our 2010 review did not result in any impairment.

 

Revenue recognition

 

Revenue is recognized when evidence of an arrangement exists, the earnings process is complete, and collectability is reasonably assured.  Marketing incentives, including bundle discounts, are recognized as revenue reductions in the period the service is provided.

 

Local calling services, enhanced calling features, special access circuits, long-distance flat-rate calling plans and most data services (including DSL and IPTV) are billed to end-users in advance.  Billed but unearned revenue is deferred and recorded in advance billings and customer deposits.

 

Revenues for usage-based services, such as per-minute long-distance service and access charges billed to other telephone carriers for originating and terminating long-distance calls on our network, are billed in arrears.  We recognize revenue from these services in the period the services are rendered rather than billed.  Earned but unbilled usage-based services are recorded in accounts receivable.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Subsidies, including universal service revenues, are government-sponsored support to subsidize services in mostly rural, high-cost areas.  These revenues typically are based on information provided by the Company and are calculated by the administering government agency.  Subsidies are recognized in the period the service is provided.

 

Telephone equipment revenues generated from retail channels are recorded at the point of sale.  Telecommunications systems and structured cabling project revenues are recognized when the project is completed and billed.  Maintenance services are provided on both a contract and time and material basis and are recorded when the service is provided.  Print advertising and publishing revenues are recognized ratably over the life of the related directory, generally 12 months.

 

The Company reports taxes imposed by governmental authorities on revenue-producing transactions between the Company and its customers on a net basis.

 

Derivatives

 

We have designated derivative contracts as cash flow hedges which will convert a portion of future cash flows associated with the interest to be paid on our credit facility from a floating rate to a fixed rate.  The change in the market value of these derivative contracts is highly effective at offsetting changes in interest rate movements of our hedged item.  Gains and losses arising from the change in fair value of the hedging transactions are deferred in other comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes, and recognized as a component of interest expense in the period in which the hedged item affects earnings.  If the derivative instruments used would no longer be effective at offsetting changes in the price of the hedged item, then the changes in the market value of these instruments would be recorded in the statement of operations as a component of interest expense.

 

Our interest rate swaps are measured using an internal valuation model which relies on an expected LIBOR-based yield curve and estimates of counterparty and our non-performance risk as the most significant inputs.  Because each of these inputs are directly observable or can be corroborated by observable market data, we have considered these interest rate swaps to be within Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

Income taxes

 

Our current and deferred income taxes and associated valuation allowances are impacted by events and transactions arising in the normal course of business as well as in connection with the adoption of new accounting standards, acquisitions of businesses and non-recurring items.  Assessment of the appropriate amount and classification of income taxes is dependent on several factors, including estimates of the timing and realization of deferred income tax assets and the timing of income tax payments.  Actual collections and payments may materially differ from these estimates as a result of changes in tax laws as well as unanticipated future transactions impacting related income tax balances.  We account for tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in our tax returns in accordance with the accounting guidance applicable for uncertainty in income taxes, which requires the use of a two-step approach for recognizing and measuring tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.

 

Subsidies revenues

 

We recognize revenues from universal service subsidies and charges to inter-exchange carriers for switched and special access services.  In certain cases, our rural telephone companies participate in interstate revenue and cost-sharing arrangements, referred to as pools, with other telephone companies.  Pools are funded by charges imposed by participating companies on their respective customers.  The

 

66



Table of Contents

 

revenue we receive from our participation in pools is based on our actual cost of providing interstate services.  These costs are not precisely known until special jurisdictional cost studies are completed—generally during the second quarter of the following year.

 

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

 

We use estimates and assumptions when evaluating the collectability of our accounts receivable.  When we are aware that a specific customer is unable to meet its financial obligations, such as following a bankruptcy filing or substantial downgrading of credit scores, we record a specific allowance against amounts due to set the net receivable to an amount we believe we can collect.  For all other customers, we generally reserve an amount based upon a rolling four month average of actual write-offs.  If circumstances change, we may review the adequacy of the allowance to determine if we should modify our estimates of the recoverability of amounts due us by a material amount.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, our total allowance for uncollectible accounts for all business segments was $2.7 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

 

Pension and postretirement benefits

 

The amounts recognized in our financial statements for pension and postretirement benefits are determined on an actuarial basis utilizing several critical assumptions.

 

We make significant assumptions in regards to our pension and postretirement plans, including the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the discount rate used to value the periodic pension expense and liabilities.  Our pension investment strategy is to maximize long-term returns on invested plan assets while minimizing the risk of volatility.  Accordingly, we target our allocation percentage at 50% to 60% in equity funds, with the remainder in fixed income and cash equivalents.  Our assumed rate considers this investment mix as well as past trends.  We used a weighted-average expected long-term rate of return of 7.5% in 2010 and 7.7% in 2009.  In determining the appropriate discount rate, we consider the current yields on high-quality corporate fixed-income investments with maturities that correspond to the expected duration of our pension and postretirement benefit plan obligations.  For our 2010 and 2009 projected benefit obligations, we used a weighted-average discount rate of 5.86% and 6.23%, respectively, for our pension plans and 5.58% and 6.10%, respectively, for our other postretirement plans.

 

Net pension and postretirement costs were $5.6 million, $8.5 million and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  In 2010, we did not make a contribution to our qualified pension plan but contributed $2.4 million to our 401(k) plan and $2.6 million to our other postretirement plans.  In 2009, we contributed $10.5 million to our qualified pension plan and $2.8 million to our other postretirement plans.  In 2011, we expect to make contributions totaling approximately $9.5 million to our qualified pension plan, $0.1 million to our non-qualified pension plan, $2.4 million to our 401k plan and $2.9 million to our other postretirement plans.  Our contribution amounts meet the minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Outlook and Overview

 

The following table sets forth selected information concerning our financial condition.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

67,654

 

$

42,758

 

Working capital

 

60,658

 

30,488

 

Total debt

 

884,125

 

880,344

 

Current ratio

 

1.80

 

1.39

 

 

Our operating requirements have historically been funded from cash flows generated from our business and borrowings under our credit facilities.  We expect that our future operating requirements will continue to be funded from cash flows generated from our business and, if needed, from borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

 

As a general matter, we expect that our liquidity needs for 2011 will arise primarily from:  (i) an expected dividend payment of $46.0 million to $47.0 million; (ii) interest payments on our indebtedness of approximately $45.0 million to $48.0 million; (iii) capital expenditures of $38.0 million to $41.0 million; (iv) cash income tax payments of $14.0 million to $16.0 million; (v) 401(k), pension and other postretirement plan contributions of approximately $14.9 million; and (vi) certain other costs.  In addition, we may use cash and incur additional debt to fund selective acquisitions.  However, our ability to use cash may be limited by our other expected uses of cash, including our dividend policy, and our ability to incur additional debt will be limited by our existing and future debt agreements.

 

We believe that cash flows from operating activities, together with our existing cash and borrowings available under our revolving credit facility, will be sufficient for at least the next 12 months to fund our currently anticipated uses of cash.  After that, our ability to fund these expected uses of cash and to comply with the financial covenants under our debt agreements will depend on the results of future operations, performance and cash flow.  Our ability to do so will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business, regulatory, legislative and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

 

We may be unable to access the cash flows of our subsidiaries since certain of our subsidiaries are parties to credit or other borrowing agreements or subject to statutory or regulatory restrictions, that restrict the payment of dividends or making intercompany loans and investments, and those subsidiaries are likely to continue to be subject to such restrictions and prohibitions for the foreseeable future.  In addition, future agreements that our subsidiaries may enter into governing the terms of indebtedness may restrict our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or advance cash in any other manner to us.

 

To the extent that our business plans or projections change or prove to be inaccurate, we may require additional financing or require financing sooner than we currently anticipate.  Sources of additional financing may include commercial bank borrowings, other strategic debt financing, sales of nonstrategic assets, vendor financing or the private or public sales of equity and debt securities.  There can be no assurance that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future, that anticipated revenue growth will be realized, or that future borrowings or equity issuances will be available in amounts sufficient to provide adequate sources of cash to fund our expected uses of cash.  Failure to obtain adequate financing, if necessary, could require us to significantly reduce our operations or level of capital expenditures which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and the results of operations.

 

As discussed below, our term loan has been fully funded at a fixed spread above LIBOR, and we have $50 million available under our revolving credit facility.   Based on our discussion with banks participating in the bank group, we expect that the funds will be available under the revolving credit facility if necessary.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

Sources of Liquidity

 

Our current principal sources of liquidity are cash, cash equivalents, cash available under our secured revolving credit facility, cash provided by operations and working capital.

 

Cash and cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents in 2010 increased by $24.9 million compared to an increase of $27.3 million in 2009.  While cash generated from operations year over year was relatively stable, a distribution to a noncontrolling interest made in 2010 was the principal reason for the slight year over year decrease in total cash flow.

 

Cash provided by operations.  Net cash provided by operating activities was relatively flat year over year, at $115.0 million for 2010 as compared to $116.3 million in 2009.  Declines in revenue in 2010 were offset by reductions in operating expense.

 

Working capital.  Our net working capital position increased by $30.2 million in 2010 versus 2009.  Our improved working capital position in 2010 is principally the result of the increase in cash and cash equivalents as noted above, plus an increase in income taxes receivable and higher inventory balances.

 

Cash available under our secured revolving credit facility.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had no borrowings or letters of credit outstanding under our secured revolving credit facility and $50 million of availability (see a more detailed description of our secured revolving credit facility below).

 

Uses of Liquidity

 

Our principal uses of liquidity are dividend payments, interest expense and other payments on our debt, capital expenditures and payments made to fund our pension and other postretirement obligations.

 

Dividend payments.  During 2010, we used $46.2 million of cash to make dividend payments to shareholders.  In 2009, we used $45.9 million of cash to make dividend payments to shareholders.  The increase in dividend payments is the result of the issuance of restricted stock under our long-term incentive plan.  Our current annual dividend rate is approximately $1.55 per share.

 

Interest and other payments related to outstanding debt.  During 2010, we used $50.2 million of cash to make required interest payments on our outstanding debt, including payments to settle swap liabilities.  We also used $0.4 million of cash during 2010 to reduce our capital lease obligations.  During 2009, we used $56.0 million of cash to make required interest payments on our outstanding debt, including payments to settle swap liabilities.  We also used $0.9 million of cash during 2009 to reduce our capital lease obligations.

 

Pension and postretirement obligations.  During 2010, we used $5.0 million of cash to fund 401(k) and other postretirement plans.  During 2009, we used $15.9 million of cash to fund pension, 401(k) and other postretirement obligations.  In 2011, we expect to make payments totaling $14.9 million in contributions for pension, 401k and other postretirement plans.  The increase in contributions in 2011 relates primarily to minimum contribution requirements for our qualified pension plans and a higher level of estimated payments for other postretirement benefits.

 

Capital expenditures.  During 2010, we spent approximately $41.7 million on capital projects.  In 2009, we spent approximately $42.4 million on capital projects.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Debt

 

The following table summarizes our indebtedness as of December 31, 2010:

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance

 

Maturity Date

 

Rate (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital leases

 

$

4,125

 

May 31, 2021

 

5.5%

 

Revolving credit facility

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

LIBOR plus 2.75%

 

Term loan

 

$

880,000

 

December 31, 2014

 

LIBOR plus 2.50%

 

 


(1)          As of December 31, 2010, the 1-month LIBOR in effect on our borrowings was 0.26%.

 

Credit Facilities

 

Borrowings under our credit facilities are our senior, secured obligations that are secured by substantially all of the assets of the borrower, Consolidated Communications, Inc., and the guarantors (the Company and each of the existing subsidiaries of Consolidated Communications, Inc. other than Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company and certain future subsidiaries).  The credit agreement contains customary affirmative covenants, which require us and our subsidiaries to furnish specified financial information to the lenders, comply with applicable laws, maintain our properties and assets and maintain insurance on our properties, among others, and contains customary negative covenants which restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt and issue capital stock, create liens, repay other debt, sell assets, make investments, loans, guarantees or advances, pay dividends, repurchase equity interests or make other restricted payments, engage in affiliate transactions, make capital expenditures, engage in mergers, acquisitions or consolidations, enter into sale-leaseback transactions, amend specified documents, enter into agreements that restrict dividends from subsidiaries and change the business we conduct.  In addition, the credit agreement requires us to comply with specified financial ratios that are summarized below under “—Covenant Compliance”.

 

At December 31, 2010, we had no borrowings or letters of credit outstanding under the revolving credit facility.  Borrowings under our credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at the borrowers’ election, either a “base rate” or LIBOR.  As of December 31, 2010, the applicable margin for interest rates was 2.50% per year for the LIBOR-based term loan and 2.75% for the revolving credit facility.  The applicable margin for alternative base rate loans was 1.50% per year for the term loan and 1.75% for the revolving credit facility.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, the weighted-average interest rate incurred on our credit facilities, including the effect of our interest rate swaps, was 5.71% per annum.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

At December 31, 2010, we had $630 million notional amount of floating to fixed interest rate swap agreements outstanding and $430 million notional amount of basis swaps outstanding.  In addition, we also have entered into $100 million notional amount of a forward floating to fixed interest rate swap agreement that will become effective on September 30, 2011.  The swaps are in place to hedge the change in overall cash flows related to our term loan, the driver of which is changes in the underlying variable interest rate.

 

We have $430 million notional amount of floating to fixed swap agreements outstanding whereby we receive 3-month LIBOR-based interest payments from the swap counterparties and pay a fixed rate.  The basis swap agreements are structured so that we pay 3-month LIBOR-based payments less a fixed percentage to the basis swap counterparties, and receive 1-month LIBOR.  Concurrent with the execution

 

70



Table of Contents

 

of the basis swaps, we began electing 1-month LIBOR resets on our credit facility.

 

We also have in place $200 million notional amount of floating to fixed interest rate swap agreements that became effective on December 31, 2010.  Under these swap agreements, we make fixed payments to the swap counterparties at a weighted-average fixed rate of 1.83% and receive 1-month LIBOR.  These swap agreements have a maturity date of March 31, 2013.

 

In addition, we also have entered into a $100 million notional amount of forward floating to fixed interest rate swap agreement that will become effective on September 30, 2011.  For this swap agreement, we will make fixed payments to the swap counterparty at a weighted-average fixed rate of 1.65% and receive 1-month LIBOR.  The September 2011 forward swap agreement has a maturity date of September 30, 2013.

 

Covenant Compliance

 

In general, our credit agreement restricts our ability to pay dividends to the amount of our Available Cash accumulated after October 1, 2005, plus $23.7 million and minus the aggregate amount of dividends paid after July 27, 2005.  Available Cash for any period is defined in our credit facility as Adjusted EBITDA (a) minus, to the extent not deducted in the determination of Adjusted EBITDA, (i) non-cash dividend income for such period; (ii) consolidated interest expense for such period, net of amortization of debt issuance costs incurred (A) in connection with or prior to the consummation of the acquisition of North Pittsburgh or (B) in connection with the redemption of our then outstanding senior notes; (iii) capital expenditures from internally generated funds; (iv) cash income taxes for such period; (v) scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness, if any; (vi) voluntary repayments of indebtedness, mandatory prepayments of term loans and net increases in outstanding revolving loans during such period; (vii) the cash costs of any extraordinary or unusual losses or charges; and (viii) all cash payments made on account of losses or charges expensed prior to such period (b) plus, to the extent not included in Adjusted EBITDA, (i) cash interest income; (ii) the cash amount realized in respect of extraordinary or unusual gains; and (iii) net decreases in revolving loans.  Based on the results of operations from October 1, 2005 through December 31, 2010, and after taking into consideration dividend payments (including the $11.5 million dividend declared in November 2010 and paid on February 1, 2011), we continue to have $124.9 million in dividend availability under the credit facility covenant.

 

Under our credit agreement, if our total net leverage ratio (as such term is defined in the credit agreement), as of the end of any fiscal quarter, is greater than 5.10:1.00, we will be required to suspend dividends on our common stock unless otherwise permitted by an exception for dividends that may be paid from the portion of proceeds of any sale of equity not used to make mandatory prepayments of loans and not used to fund acquisitions, capital expenditures or make other investments.  During any dividend suspension period, we will be required to repay debt in an amount equal to 50.0% of any increase in available cash (as such term is defined in our credit agreement) during such dividend suspension period, among other things.  In addition, we will not be permitted to pay dividends if an event of default under the credit agreement has occurred and is continuing.  Among other things, it will be an event of default if our interest coverage ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter is below 2.25:1.00. As of December 31, 2010, our total net leverage ratio was 4.83:1.00, and our interest coverage ratio was 3.60:1.00.

 

The description of the covenants above and of our credit agreement generally in this Report are summaries only.  They do not contain a full description, including definitions, of the provisions summarized.  As such, these summaries are qualified in their entirety by these documents, which are filed as exhibits to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

Capital leases

 

The Company had previously leased from LATEL LLC (“LATEL”) five properties which have been used as office and warehouse space.  These triple net operating leases required us to pay substantially all expenses associated with general maintenance and repair, utilities, insurance, and taxes.  With the sale of our CMR business unit in early 2010, we assigned the lease for the building used by CMR to the purchaser of that business at closing.

 

On December 22, 2010, we entered into new lease agreements with LATEL for the occupancy of three buildings on a triple net lease basis, effective December 1, 2010.  The Company expects to vacate a fourth property no later than July 31, 2011.

 

The three new leases each have a maturity date of May 31, 2021 and will require total rental payments to LATEL of approximately $7.9 million over the term of the leases.  In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 840, Leases, we have treated each of the three leases as capital leases, and have capitalized the lower of the present value of the future minimum lease payments or their fair value.  The carrying value of the capital leases at December 31, 2010 was approximately $4.1 million.

 

The Chairman of the Company, Richard A. Lumpkin, and his immediate family have a beneficial ownership interest of 74.85% of LATEL, directly or through Agracel, Inc. (“Agracel”).  Agracel is a real estate investment company of which Mr. Lumpkin, together with his family, have a beneficial interest of 49.7%.  In addition, Mr. Lumpkin is a director of Agracel.  Agracel is the sole managing member and 50% owner of LATEL.

 

Dividends

 

The cash required to fund dividend payments is in addition to our other expected cash needs, both of which we expect to be funded with cash flows from operations.  We expect we will have sufficient availability under our revolving credit facility to fund dividend payments in addition to any expected fluctuations in working capital and other cash needs although we do not intend to borrow under this facility to pay dividends.

 

We believe that our dividend policy will limit, but not preclude, our ability to grow.  If we continue paying dividends at the level currently anticipated under our dividend policy, we may not retain a sufficient amount of cash and may need to seek refinancing to fund a material expansion of our business, including any significant acquisitions or to pursue growth opportunities requiring capital expenditures significantly beyond our current expectations.  In addition, because we expect a significant portion of cash available will be distributed to holders of common stock under our dividend policy, our ability to pursue any material expansion of our business will depend more than it otherwise would on our ability to obtain third-party financing.

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

 

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into surety, performance and similar bonds.  As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately $2.0 million of these bonds outstanding.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Table of contractual obligations and commitments

 

The following table provides a summary of our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2010.  Other non-current liabilities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet that may not be fully disclosed below include accrued pension and postretirement costs.  Refer to Notes 14 and 15 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

Payments due or expiring by period

 

(In thousands)

 

Total

 

Less Than 1
year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

More than 5
years

 

Contractual obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term loan and associated interest (a)

 

$

977,152

 

$

24,288

 

$

48,576

 

$

904,288

 

$

 

Capital lease

 

7,828

 

667

 

1,384

 

1,455

 

4,322

 

Operating leases

 

8,249

 

2,250

 

3,105

 

1,081

 

1,813

 

Interest rate swaps

 

28,105

 

18,370

 

9,735

 

 

 

Other (b)

 

2,240

 

1,309

 

719

 

140

 

72

 

Total Contractual obligations

 

$

1,023,574

 

$

46,884

 

$

63,519

 

$

906,964

 

$

6,207

 

 


(a)   This item consists of interest and principal payments under our $880 million term loan facility.  The term loan facility matures on December 31, 2014.  For purposes of this table, we assumed a fixed interest rate of 2.76% throughout the entire term of the loan, which was the 1-month LIBOR in effect at December 31, 2010 plus the fixed margin of 2.5%.  The actual rate will vary depending on the rates in effect at the time of payment.

 

(b)   Represents payments for four operational support systems obligations.  Should we terminate any of the contracts prior to their expiration, we will be liable for minimum commitment payments as defined in the contracts for the remaining term of the contracts.  In addition, we have a contractual obligation for network maintenance.

 

Under accounting guidance applicable for uncertainty in income taxes, unrecognized tax benefits of $1.5 million are excluded from the contractual obligations table because the timing of future cash outflows to settle these liabilities is highly uncertain.

 

Market Risks

 

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates.  Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market interest rates on our variable rate obligations.  We calculate the potential change in interest expense caused by changes in market interest rates by determining the effect of the hypothetical rate increase on the portion of our variable rate debt that is not hedged through the interest rate swap agreements.

 

At December 31, 2010, the interest rate on $250 million of our floating rate debt was not fixed through the use of interest rate swaps, thereby subjecting this portion of our debt to potential changes in interest rates.  If market interest rates changed by 1.0% from the average rates that prevailed during 2010, interest expense would have increased or decreased by approximately $2.8 million for the year.

 

As of December 31, 2010, the fair value of interest rate swap agreements amounted to a liability of $28.1 million.  The deferred loss, net of taxes, recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for our interest rate swaps totaled $17.8 million at December 31, 2010.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

The information required by this item is contained in “Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The following financial statements and supplementary data of the Company and its subsidiaries are included below on pages F-1 through F-68 of this report:

 

 

Page

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

77

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2010 and 2009.

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

F-43

Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership Balance Sheets — December 31, 2010 and 2009.

F-44

Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership Statements of Operations — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

F-45

Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

F-46

Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership Statements of Cash Flows — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

F-47

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-48

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

F-56

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership Balance Sheets — December 31, 2010 and 2009.

F-57

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership Statements of Operations — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

F-58

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

F-59

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership Statements of Cash Flows — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

F-60

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-61

 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None

 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness

 

75



Table of Contents

 

of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2010.  Based upon that evaluation and subject to the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Based upon the evaluation performed by our management, which was conducted with the participation of Messrs. Currey and Childers, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a—15(f).  Management, with the participation of Messrs. Currey and Childers, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.  In making this assessment, management used the framework set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based upon this assessment, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance that the desired control objectives were achieved.

 

The effectiveness of internal control on financial reporting has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report on page 77 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Inherent Limitation of the Effectiveness of Internal Control

 

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the internal control system are met.  Because of the inherent limitations of any internal control system, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within a company have been detected.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.

 

We have audited Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.’s (the Company’s) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria).  The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated March 4, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion therein.

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

St. Louis, Missouri

 

March 4, 2011

 

 

77



Table of Contents

 

Item 9B.  Other Information

 

None.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of its employees, officers, and directors, including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer.  The text of the Company’s code of ethics is posted on its website at www.Consolidated.com (select Investor Relations, and then Corporate Governance).

 

Additional information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement to be issued in connection with the Annual Meeting of our Stockholders to be held on May 3, 2011, which proxy statement will be filed before April 30, 2011.

 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement to be issued in connection with the Annual Meeting of our Stockholders to be held on May 3, 2011, which proxy statement will be filed before April 30, 2011.

 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement to be issued in connection with the Annual Meeting of our Stockholders to be held on May 3, 2011, which proxy statement will be filed before April 30, 2011.

 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement to be issued in connection with the Annual Meeting of our Stockholders to be held on May 3, 2011, which proxy statement will be filed before April 30, 2011.

 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement to be issued in connection with the Annual Meeting of our Stockholders to be held on May 3, 2011, which proxy statement will be filed before April 30, 2011.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)                  Index to exhibits, financial statements and schedules.

 

(1)          The following consolidated financial statements and reports are included beginning on page F-1 hereof:

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Consolidated Statements of Operations — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity  — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership Balance Sheets — December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership Statements of Operations — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership Statements of Cash Flows — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership Balance Sheets — December 31, 2010 and 2009.

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership Statements of Operations — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership Statements of Cash Flows — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(2)          The following consolidated financial statement schedule of the Company is included on page F-42 hereof:

 

SCHEDULE II       Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

All other financial statements and schedules not listed have been omitted since the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, or is not applicable or required.

 

(3)   Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

 

80



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 7 to Form S-1 dated July 19, 2005, file no. 333-121086).

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009).

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 7 to Form S-1 dated July 19, 2005, file no. 333-121086).

10.1

 

Credit Agreement, dated December 31, 2007, among Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc., as Parent Guarantor, Consolidated Communications, Inc., Consolidated Communications Acquisition Texas, Inc. and Fort Pitt Acquisition Sub Inc., as Co-Borrowers, the lenders referred to therein, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender, CoBank, ACB, as syndication agent, General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-documentation agent, The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, as co-documentation agent, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 31, 2007).

10.2

 

Form of Collateral Agreement, dated December 31, 2007, by and among Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc., Consolidated Communications, Inc., Consolidated Communications Acquisition Texas, Inc., Fort Pitt Acquisition Sub Inc., certain subsidiaries of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. identified on the signature pages thereto, in favor of Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2007).

10.3

 

Form of Guaranty Agreement, dated December 31, 2007, made by Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and certain subsidiaries of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. identified on the signature pages thereto, in favor of Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2007).

10.4

 

Letter Agreement, dated March 31, 2008, by Wachovia Bank, National Association, and agreed to and acknowledged by Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc., Consolidated Communications, Inc., Consolidated Communications Acquisition Texas, Inc. and North Pittsburgh Systems, Inc. (formerly known as Fort Pitt Acquisition Sub Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated March 31, 2008).

10.5

 

Letter Agreement dated August 6, 2008 by Wachovia Bank, National Association, and agreed to and acknowledged by Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc., Consolidated Communications, Inc., Consolidated Communications Acquisition Texas, Inc. and North Pittsburgh Systems, Inc. (formerly known as Fort Pitt Acquisition Sub Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2008).

10.6

 

Lease Agreement, dated December 31, 2002, between LATEL, LLC and Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Form S-4 dated October 26, 2004, file no. 333-119968).

10.7

 

Lease Agreement, dated December 22, 2010, between LATEL, LLC and Consolidated Communications Services Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2010).

10.8

 

Lease Agreement, dated December 22, 2010, between LATEL, LLC and Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2010).

 

81



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.9

 

Lease Agreement, dated December 22, 2010, between LATEL, LLC and Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2010).

10.10

 

Master Lease Agreement, dated February 25, 2002, between General Electric Capital Corporation and TXU Communications Ventures Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Form S-4 dated October 26, 2004, file no. 333-119968)).

10.10.1

 

Amendment No. 1 to Master Lease Agreement, dated February 25, 2002, between General Electric Capital Corporation and TXU Communications Ventures Company, dated March 18, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Form S-4 dated October 26, 2004, file no. 333-119968)).

10.11

 

Amended and Restated Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. Restricted Share Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 7 to Form S-1 dated July 19, 2005, file no. 333-121086).

10.12*

 

Amended and Restated Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective May 4, 2010) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 10, 2010).

10.13*

 

Form of Employment Security Agreement with Robert J. Currey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated December 4, 2009).

10.14*

 

Form of Employment Security Agreement with certain of the Company’s other executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K dated December 4, 2009).

10.15*

 

Form of Employment Security Agreement with the Company’s and its subsidiaries vice president and director level employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2007).

10.16*

 

Executive Long-Term Incentive Program, as revised March 12, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007).

10.17

 

Form of 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan Performance Stock Grant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007).

10.18

 

Form of 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Grant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007).

10.19*

 

Form of 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Grant Certificate for Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007).

10.20*

 

Description of the Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007).

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

23.2

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

31.1

 

Certificate of Chief Executive Officer of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

31.2

 

Certificate of Chief Financial Officer of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

32.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 


*              Compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mattoon, State of Illinois, on the 4th day of March 2011.

 

 

CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert J. Currey

 

Name:

Robert J. Currey

 

Title: 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert J. Currey

 

President and Chief Executive

 

March 4, 2011

 

Robert J. Currey

 

Officer and Director

 

 

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven L. Childers

 

Senior Vice President and

 

March 4, 2011

 

Steven L. Childers

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

(Principal Financial and

 

 

 

 

 

Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard A. Lumpkin

 

Chairman of the Board

 

March 4, 2011

 

Richard A. Lumpkin

 

and Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack W. Blumenstein

 

Director

 

March 4, 2011

 

Jack W. Blumenstein

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Roger H. Moore

 

Director

 

March 4, 2011

 

Roger H. Moore

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Maribeth S. Rahe

 

Director

 

March 4, 2011

 

Maribeth S. Rahe

 

 

 

 

 

83



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010.  Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a).  These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.  As of December 31, 2009, and for the years ending December 31, 2009 and 2008, the financial statements of GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership (a partnership in which the Company has a 17.02% interest), Pennsylvania RSA 6(I) Limited Partnership (a partnership in which the Company has a 16.67% interest), and Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership (a partnership in which the Company has a 23.67% interest) (collectively the Limited Partnerships) have been audited by other auditors whose reports have been furnished to us, and our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for the Limited Partnerships, is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.  In the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s investment in the Limited Partnerships is stated at $49.4 million at December 31, 2009, and the Company’s equity in the net income of the Limited Partnerships is stated at $13.2 million and $10.1 million for the year ending December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and the significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits and the reports of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of other auditors, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, on January 1, 2009, the Company changed its method for accounting for earnings per share under the two-class method and on December 31, 2008, the Company changed its method for accounting for the effects of certain types of regulation.

 

We also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 4, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

 

/s/  Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

St. Louis, Missouri

 

March 4, 2011

 

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Partners of Pennsylvania RSA 6 (I) Limited Partnership:

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Pennsylvania RSA 6 (I) Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”) as of December 31, 2009 and the related statements of operations, changes in partners’ capital, and cash flows for the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009.  Such financial statements are not presented separately herein.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards as established by the Auditing Standards Board (United States) and in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Partnership is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership as of December 31, 2009 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

 

Atlanta, GA

 

March 8, 2010

 

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

383,366

 

$

406,167

 

$

418,424

 

Operating expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

 

142,302

 

145,460

 

143,563

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

88,025

 

104,774

 

108,769

 

Intangible asset impairment

 

 

 

6,050

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

87,142

 

85,227

 

91,678

 

Operating income

 

65,897

 

70,706

 

68,364

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net of interest income

 

(50,740

)

(57,935

)

(66,292

)

Investment income

 

27,744

 

25,770

 

20,495

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

(9,224

)

Other, net

 

(758

)

(207

)

(577

)

Income before income taxes and extraordinary item

 

42,143

 

38,334

 

12,766

 

Income tax expense

 

8,991

 

12,399

 

6,639

 

Income before extraordinary item

 

33,152

 

25,935

 

6,127

 

Extraordinary item (net of income tax of $4,154)

 

 

 

7,240

 

Net income

 

33,152

 

25,935

 

13,367

 

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

557

 

1,030

 

863

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

 

$

32,595

 

$

24,905

 

$

12,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common share—basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income per common share before extraordinary item

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.18

 

Extraordinary item per share

 

 

 

0.24

 

Net income per common share—basic

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common share—diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income per common share before extraordinary item

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.18

 

Extraordinary item per share

 

 

 

0.24

 

Net income per common share—diluted

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends per common share

 

$

1.55

 

$

1.55

 

$

1.55

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

2010

 

2009

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

67,654

 

$

42,758

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,694 in 2010 and $1,796 in 2009

 

42,012

 

42,125

 

Inventories

 

7,972

 

6,874

 

Income tax receivable

 

6,490

 

3,564

 

Deferred income taxes

 

5,672

 

5,970

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

6,450

 

6,639

 

Total current assets

 

136,250

 

107,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

356,057

 

377,200

 

Investments

 

99,105

 

98,748

 

Goodwill

 

520,562

 

520,562

 

Customer lists, net

 

79,950

 

102,088

 

Tradenames

 

12,347

 

13,446

 

Deferred debt issuance costs, net and other assets

 

5,275

 

6,633

 

Total assets

 

$

1,209,546

 

$

1,226,607

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

9,972

 

$

13,482

 

Advance billings and customer deposits

 

22,088

 

20,025

 

Dividends payable

 

11,530

 

11,476

 

Accrued expense

 

22,649

 

23,133

 

Current portion of capital lease obligations

 

132

 

344

 

Current portion of derivative liability

 

6,374

 

6,074

 

Current portion of pension and postretirement benefit obligations

 

2,847

 

2,908

 

Total current liabilities

 

75,592

 

77,442

 

Long-term portion of capital lease obligation

 

3,993

 

 

Senior secured long-term debt

 

880,000

 

880,000

 

Deferred income taxes

 

73,628

 

74,711

 

Pension and other postretirement obligations

 

80,621

 

80,298

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

23,837

 

33,439

 

Total liabilities

 

1,137,671

 

1,145,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 29,763,122 and 29,608,653, shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

 

298

 

296

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

98,126

 

109,746

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

 

(31,471

)

(35,540

)

Noncontrolling interest

 

4,922

 

6,215

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

71,875

 

80,717

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,209,546

 

$

1,226,607

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid in

 

Retained

 

Other
Comprehensive

 

Non-
controlling

 

 

 

(In thousands except share amounts)

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income (Loss)

 

Interest

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2008

 

29,440,587

 

$

294

 

$

160,723

 

$

(169

)

$

(5,636

)

$

4,322

 

$

159,534

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on common stock

 

 

 

 

(33,141

)

(12,335

)

 

 

(45,476

)

Shares issued under employee plan, net of forfeitures

 

71,467

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Non-cash, stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

1,900

 

 

 

 

1,900

 

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 

(23,646

)

 

(257

)

 

 

 

(257

)

Tax on restricted stock vesting

 

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

 

(38

)

Pension tax adjustment

 

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

 

97

 

Comprehensive (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

12,504

 

 

863

 

13,367

 

Change in prior service cost and net loss, net of tax of $(18,730)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31,765

)

 

(31,765

)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(12,666)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22,078

)

 

(22,078

)

Total comprehensive (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(40,476

)

Balance, December 31, 2008

 

29,488,408

 

$

295

 

$

129,284

 

$

 

$

(59,479

)

$

5,185

 

$

75,285

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on common stock

 

 

 

 

(21,021

)

(24,905

)

 

 

(45,926

)

Shares issued under employee plan, net of forfeitures

 

154,752

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Non-cash, stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

1,927

 

 

 

 

1,927

 

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 

(34,507

)

 

(545

)

 

 

 

(545

)

Tax on restricted stock vesting

 

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

 

198

 

Pension tax adjustment

 

 

 

 

(97

)

 

 

 

(97

)

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

24,905

 

 

1,030

 

25,935

 

Change in prior service cost and net loss, net of tax of $8,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,022

 

 

14,022

 

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $5,707

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,917

 

 

9,917

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49,874

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

29,608,653

 

$

296

 

$

109,746

 

$

 

$

(35,540

)

$

6,215

 

$

80,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on common stock

 

 

 

 

(13,584

)

(32,595

)

 

 

(46,179

)

Shares issued under employee plan, net of forfeitures

 

208,007

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Non-cash, stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

2,363

 

 

 

 

2,363

 

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 

(53,538

)

 

(1,001

)

 

 

 

(1,001

)

Tax on restricted stock vesting

 

 

 

 

602

 

 

 

 

602

 

Distributions to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,850

)

(1,850

)

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

32,595

 

 

557

 

33,152

 

Change in prior service cost and net loss, net of tax of $948

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,572

 

 

1,572

 

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $1,430

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,497

 

 

2,497

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,221

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

 

29,763,122

 

$

298

 

$

98,126

 

$

 

$

(31,471

)

$

4,922

 

$

71,875

 

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

33,152

 

$

25,935

 

$

13,367

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

87,142

 

85,227

 

91,678

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

9,224

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(2,390

)

57

 

(12,032

)

Intangible asset impairment

 

 

 

6,050

 

Extraordinary item, net of tax

 

 

 

(7,240

)

Decrease in uncertain tax positions

 

(5,169

)

 

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 

2,057

 

2,491

 

 

Cash distributions from wireless partnerships in excess of/(less than) current earnings

 

16

 

(3,091

)

(2,056

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

2,363

 

1,927

 

1,901

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

1,293

 

1,301

 

1,431

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

113

 

2,967

 

(1,091

)

Income taxes receivable

 

(3,699

)

775

 

1,301

 

Inventories

 

(1,084

)

608

 

(1,118

)

Other assets

 

273

 

363

 

5,083

 

Accounts payable

 

(3,510

)

1,146

 

(5,050

)

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

4,457

 

(3,399

)

(9,037

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

115,014

 

116,307

 

92,411

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of investments

 

35

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment, net

 

(41,789

)

(42,352

)

(48,027

)

Proceeds from the sale of assets

 

1,065

 

725

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

 

(40,689

)

(41,627

)

(48,027

)

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term obligations

 

 

 

120,000

 

Payments made on long-term obligations

 

 

 

(136,337

)

Payment of deferred financing costs

 

 

 

(240

)

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

(1,850

)

 

 

Payment of capital lease obligation

 

(399

)

(922

)

(971

)

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

(1,001

)

(545

)

(257

)

Dividends on common stock

 

(46,179

)

(45,926

)

(45,449

)

Net cash used for financing activities

 

(49,429

)

(47,393

)

(63,254

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents

 

24,896

 

27,287

 

(18,870

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

42,758

 

15,471

 

34,341

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

67,654

 

$

42,758

 

$

15,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

50,205

 

$

56,026

 

$

65,061

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

18,706

 

$

10,996

 

$

13,540

 

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.                                      Nature of Operations

 

Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, which are collectively referred to as “Consolidated”, the “Company”, “we”, “our” or “us” unless the context otherwise requires, operates its businesses under the name Consolidated Communications.  We are an established rural local exchange carrier (“RLEC”) offering a wide range of telecommunications services to residential and business customers in Illinois, Texas and Pennsylvania including: local and long-distance service; high-speed broadband Internet access (“DSL”); standard and high-definition digital television (“IPTV”); digital telephone service (“VOIP”); custom calling features; private line services; carrier access services; network capacity services over our regional fiber optic network; directory publishing and Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) services.  At December 31, 2010, we had 237,141 local access lines, 106,387 DSL lines, 29,236 IPTV subscribers and an estimated 81,090 CLEC access line equivalents.

 

We also operate two non-core complementary businesses:  telephone services to correctional facilities and equipment sales.

 

Founded in 1894 as the Mattoon Telephone Company by the great-grandfather of our current Chairman, Richard A. Lumpkin, we began as one of the nation’s first independent telephone companies.  We are a Delaware corporation organized in 2002 and are the successor to businesses engaged in providing telecommunication services since 1894.

 

2.                                      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and subsidiaries in which it has a controlling financial interest.  All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Industry Segments

 

We operate in two reportable segments: Telephone Operations and Other Operations.

 

Discontinuance of Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation

 

Historically, our Illinois and Texas ILEC operations followed the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) authoritative guidance for regulated enterprises in accounting for the effects of certain types of regulation.  This authoritative guidance required the recognition of the economic effects of rate regulation by recording costs and a return on investment as such amounts are recovered through rates

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

authorized by regulatory authorities.  Changes to our business, however, have impacted the dynamics of our operating environment.  In the last half of 2008, we experienced a significant increase in competition in our Illinois and Texas markets primarily due to traditional cable competitors offering voice services.  Also, effective July 1, 2008, we made an election to transition from rate of return to price cap regulation at the interstate level for our regulated Illinois and Texas operations.  The conversion to price caps provides for greater pricing flexibility, especially in the increasingly competitive special access segment and in launching new products.  Additionally, in response to customer demand, we launched our own VOIP service product offering as an alternative to our traditional wireline services.  While there have been no material changes in our bundling strategy or in our end-user pricing, the pricing structure is transitioning from being based on the recovery of costs to a pricing structure based on market conditions.

 

Based on these and other factors impacting our business, we determined in late 2008 that the applicability of the authoritative guidance for regulated enterprises was no longer appropriate in the reporting of our financial results.  As a result, we began to apply the authoritative guidance required for the discontinuance of application of regulatory accounting.  This authoritative guidance requires the elimination of the effects of any actions of regulators that had previously been recognized in accordance with the authoritative guidance for regulated enterprises but that would not have been recognized by nonregulated enterprises.  Depreciation rates of certain assets established by regulatory authorities for our telephone operations subject to the authoritative guidance for regulated enterprises have historically included a systematic charge for removal costs in excess of the related estimated salvage value on those assets, resulting in a net over-depreciation of those assets over their useful lives.  Costs of removal were then appropriately applied against this reserve.  Upon discontinuance of the authoritative guidance for regulated enterprises, we reversed the impact of recognizing removal costs in excess of the related estimated salvage value, which resulted in recording a non-cash extraordinary gain of approximately $7.2 million, net of taxes of approximately $4.2 million, in the three months ended December 31, 2008.  Our Pennsylvania ILEC previously discontinued the application of the authoritative guidance for regulated enterprises prior to our acquisition of North Pittsburgh, and, as a result, was not affected by the change in 2008.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

We consider all highly liquid short-term investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

Investments

 

If the Company can exercise significant influence over the operations and financial policies of an affiliated company, even without control, the investment in the affiliated company is accounted for using the equity method.  If the Company does not have control and also cannot exercise significant influence, the investment in the affiliated company is accounted for using the cost method.

 

To determine whether an investment is impaired, the Company monitors and evaluates the financial performance of each business in which it invests and compares the carrying value of the investment to quoted market prices (if available) or the fair value of similar investments.  In certain circumstances, fair value is based on traditional valuation models utilizing a multiple of cash flows.  When circumstances indicate there has been an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of the investment, the Company records the decline in value as a realized impairment loss and a reduction in the cost of the investment.

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

 

Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due to the Company from normal activities. A receivable is determined to be past due when the amount is overdue based on the payment terms with the customer. In certain circumstances, the Company requires deposits from customers to mitigate potential risk associated with receivables.  The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reflect management’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance.  Management determines the allowance for doubtful accounts based on known troubled accounts, historical experience, and other currently available evidence.  Accounts receivable are written off when management determines they will not be collected.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories consist mainly of copper and fiber cable that will be used for network expansion and upgrades, materials and equipment used to maintain and install telephone systems and equipment related to our IPTV service.  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the average cost method.

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

In accordance with the applicable guidance on accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets, goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but rather are tested at least annually for impairment.  Tradenames have been determined to have indefinite lives; thus they are not amortized but are tested annually for impairment using discounted cash flows based on a relief from royalty method.  We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill as of November 30 of each year and compare the carrying value of each reporting unit to its fair value to determine whether or not a potential impairment exists.  Our analysis conducted during the fourth quarters of 2010 and 2009 determined that there was no impairment of any of our assets.  In 2008, we recorded an impairment charge and reduced goodwill by $6.1 million for Consolidated Marketing Response (“CMR”), which was part of the Other Operations segment.  CMR was sold on February 28, 2010.

 

The accounting guidance applicable to intangible assets also provides that assets that have finite lives should be amortized over their useful lives.  Customer lists are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives (ranging from 5 to 13 years) based upon our historical experience with customer attrition.  In accordance with the applicable guidance relating to the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, we evaluate the potential impairment of finite-lived acquired intangible assets when impairment indicators exist.  If the carrying value is no longer recoverable based upon the undiscounted future cash flows of the asset, an impairment equal to the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset is recognized.

 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

 

We use the following methods in estimating fair value for financial instruments:

 

Cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable:  The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value.

 

Derivatives:  The fair value of derivatives (i.e., interest rate swaps) is determined using publicly available interest rate yield curves adjusted for nonperformance risk.

 

Long-term debt:  Because our long-term debt reprices monthly, the carrying amount of our borrowings under our secured credit facility approximates fair value.

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

 

Derivative instruments are accounted for in accordance with the FASB’s applicable guidance on accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activity.  This guidance provides comprehensive and consistent standards for the recognition and measurement of derivative and hedging activities.  It also requires that derivatives be recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value and establishes criteria for hedges of changes in fair values of assets, liabilities, or firm commitments; hedges of variable cash flows of forecasted transactions; and hedges of foreign currency exposures of net investments in foreign operations.  The Company currently uses derivatives only to hedge the variable cash flows of future interest payments on long-term debt.  To the extent a derivative qualifies as a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss associated with the effective portion is recorded as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).  Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.  Fair value is determined based on publicly available interest rate yield curves and an estimate of our nonperformance risk or our counterparty’s nonperformance credit risk, as applicable.  We do not anticipate any nonperformance by any counterparty.  When an interest rate swap agreement terminates, any resulting gain or loss is recognized over the shorter of the remaining original term of the hedging instrument or the remaining life of the underlying debt obligation.

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost.  The costs of additions, replacements, and major improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.  Depreciation is determined based upon the assets’ estimated useful lives using either the group or unit method.

 

The group method is used for depreciable assets dedicated to providing regulated telecommunication services, including the majority of the network and outside plant facilities.  A depreciation rate for each asset group is developed based on the group’s average useful life.  This method requires periodic revision of depreciation rates.  When an individual asset is sold or retired, the difference between the proceeds, if any, and the cost of the asset is charged or credited to accumulated depreciation, without recognition of a gain or loss.

 

The unit method is primarily used for buildings, furniture, fixtures and other support assets. Each asset is depreciated on the straight-line basis over its estimated useful life.  When an individual asset is sold or retired, the cost basis of the asset and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any associated gain or loss is recognized.

 

Estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

 

 

Years

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

18 — 40

 

Network and outside plant facilities

 

3 — 50

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

3 — 15

 

Capital leases

 

11

 

 

Employment-Related Benefits

 

Employment-related benefits associated with pensions and postretirement healthcare are expensed as actuarially determined.  The recognition of expense is impacted by estimates made by

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

management, such as discount rates used to value certain liabilities, investment rates of return on plan assets, increases in future wage amounts and future healthcare costs.  We use third-party specialists to assist us in appropriately measuring the expense and liabilities associated with employment-related benefits.

 

We determine our actuarial assumptions for the pension and postretirement plans, after consultation with our actuaries, on December 31 of each year to calculate liability information as of that date and pension and postretirement expense for the following year.  The discount rate assumption is determined based on a spot yield curve that includes bonds that are rated Corporate AA- or higher with maturities that match expected benefit payments under the plan.

 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects projected returns for the investment mix that have been determined to meet the plans’ investment objectives.  The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is selected by taking into account the expected weighted averages of the investments of the assets, the fact that the plan assets are actively managed to mitigate downside risks, the historical performance of the market in general and the historical performance of the retirement plan assets over the past ten years.

 

Revenue recognition

 

Revenue is recognized when evidence of an arrangement exists, the earnings process is complete, and collectability is reasonably assured.  Marketing incentives, including bundle discounts, are recognized as revenue reductions in the period the service is provided.

 

Local calling services, enhanced calling features, special access circuits, long-distance flat-rate calling plans and most data services (including DSL and IPTV) are billed to end-users in advance.  Billed but unearned revenue is deferred and recorded in advance billings and customer deposits.

 

Revenues for usage-based services, such as per-minute long-distance service and access charges billed to other telephone carriers for originating and terminating long-distance calls on our network, are billed in arrears.  We recognize revenue from these services in the period the services are rendered rather than billed.  Earned but unbilled usage-based services are recorded in accounts receivable.

 

Subsidies, including universal service revenues, are government-sponsored support to subsidize services in mostly rural, high-cost areas.  These revenues typically are based on information provided by the Company and are calculated by the administering government agency.  Subsidies are recognized in the period the service is provided.  There is a reasonable possibility that out of period subsidy adjustments may be recorded in the future, but they are anticipated to be immaterial to our results of operation and financial position.

 

Telephone equipment revenues generated from retail channels are recorded at the point of sale.  Telecommunications systems and structured cabling project revenues are recognized when the project is completed and billed.  Maintenance services are provided on both a contract and time and material basis and are recorded when the service is provided.  Print advertising and publishing revenues are recognized ratably over the life of the related directory, generally 12 months.

 

The Company reports taxes imposed by governmental authorities on revenue-producing transactions between the Company and its customers on a net basis.

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

Advertising costs

 

The costs of advertising are charged to expense as incurred.  Advertising expenses totaled $2.5 million, $1.7 million and $2.3 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Income taxes

 

We and our wholly owned subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return.  Our majority-owned subsidiary, East Texas Fiber Line Incorporated (“ETFL”), files a separate federal income tax return.  Some state income tax returns are filed on a consolidated basis while others are filed on a separate legal entity basis.  Federal and state income tax expense or benefit is allocated to each subsidiary based on separately determined taxable income or loss.

 

Amounts in the financial statements related to income taxes are calculated in accordance with the FASB’s authoritative guidance on accounting for income taxes.  We also apply the FASB’s authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes to account for uncertain tax positions recognized in our financial statements.  For more information, please see Note 18.

 

Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and assets and liabilities recognized for tax purposes, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.  Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The Company records a valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

Provisions for federal and state income taxes are calculated on reported pretax earnings based on current tax law and also may include, in the current period, the cumulative effect of any changes in tax rates from those used to determine deferred tax assets and liabilities.  Such provisions may differ from the amounts currently receivable or payable because certain items of income and expense are recognized in one time period for financial reporting purposes and in another for income tax purposes.  Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and evaluating tax positions.  Even if the Company believes its tax positions are fully supportable, it will establish reserves for income tax when it is more likely than not there remain income tax contingencies that will be challenged and possibly disallowed.  The consolidated tax provision and related accruals include the impact of such reasonably estimated losses.  To the extent the probable tax outcomes of these matters change, those changes will alter the income tax provision in the period in which such determination is made.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

We maintain one stock-based compensation plan.  The plan provides for the grant of awards in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock grants, stock unit grants and other equity-based awards to eligible directors and employees.  We account for stock-based compensation under the applicable accounting guidance which requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values.  We recognized stock-based compensation expense of $2.4 million in 2010 and $1.9 million in 2009 and 2008.

 

Earnings per Common Share

 

We apply the FASB’s authoritative guidance on the treatment of participating securities in the calculation of earnings and use the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per share.  To

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

the extent that stock-based compensation is anti-dilutive, it is excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

 

Noncontrolling Interest

 

ETFL is a joint venture owned 63% by the Company and 37% by Eastex Celco.                ETFL provides connectivity to certain customers within Texas over a fiber optic transport network.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.  These reclassifications had no effect on stockholders equity, revenue, income from operations or net income.

 

Subsequent Events

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements through the day the financial statements are issued (See Note 25).

 

Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements Applicable to the Company

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820) - Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (“ASU No. 2010-06”).  ASU No. 2010-06 provides amended disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements.  Certain disclosure requirements of ASU No. 2010-06 were effective beginning in the first quarter of 2010, while other disclosure requirements of ASU No. 2010-06 are effective for financial statements issued for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010.  These amended principles required only additional disclosures concerning fair value measurements, and did not affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

3.                                      Affiliated Transactions

 

Richard A. Lumpkin, Chairman of the Board, together with his family, beneficially owns 49.7% of Agracel, Inc. (“Agracel”), a real estate investment company.  Mr. Lumpkin also is a director of Agracel.

 

Agracel is the sole managing member and 50% owner of LATEL LLC (“LATEL”).  Mr. Lumpkin and his immediate family have beneficial ownership of 74.85% of LATEL.  The Company had previously leased from LATEL five properties which have been used as office and warehouse space.  These triple net leases required us to pay substantially all expenses associated with general maintenance and repair, utilities, insurance, and taxes.  We recognized rent expense of $1.2 million in 2010 and $1.4 million in 2009 and 2008 with regard to these leases.  With the sale of our CMR business unit in early 2010, we assigned the lease for the building used by CMR to the purchaser of that business at closing.

 

In accordance with the terms of the above leases, we notified LATEL on July 21, 2010 of our intent to vacate the remaining four properties upon expiration of the existing leases.  On December 22, 2010, subsequent to our notification to vacate the remaining four properties, effective December 1, 2010, we entered into new lease agreements with LATEL for the occupancy of three buildings on a triple net lease basis.  The Company expects to vacate the fourth property no later than July 31, 2011.  In accordance with the Company’s related person transactions policy, the new leases were approved by the Company’s Audit Committee and Board of Directors.

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

The three new leases each have a maturity date of May 31, 2021 and will require total rental payments to LATEL of approximately $7.9 million over the terms of the leases.  In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 840, Leases, we have treated each of the three leases as capital leases, and have capitalized the lower of the present value of the future minimum lease payments or their fair value.  The carrying value of the capital leases at December 31, 2010 was approximately $4.1 million.

 

Agracel is the sole managing member and 66.7% owner of MACC, LLC (“MACC”).  Mr. Lumpkin, together with his family, owns the remainder of MACC.  The Company had leased certain office space from MACC which was used by CMR.  With the sale of our CMR business unit in early 2010, we assigned the lease associated with this office space to the purchaser of that business at closing.  We recognized rent expense in the amount of $32 thousand in 2010 and $0.2 million in 2009 and 2008 in connection with this lease.

 

Mr. Lumpkin, together with members of his family, beneficially owns 100% of SKL Investment Group, LLC (“SKL”).  The Company charged SKL $45 thousand in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for use of office space, computers, telephone service and other office-related services.

 

Mr. Lumpkin also has a minority ownership interest in First Mid-Illinois Bancshares, Inc. (“First Mid-Illinois”), which provides the Company with general banking services, including depository, disbursement, and payroll accounts and retirement plan administrative services.  The Company provides telecommunications products and services to First Mid-Illinois at pricing which is similar to other strategic business customers.  Following is a summary of the transactions between us and First Mid-Illinois for the years ended December 31:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Fees charged from First Mid-Illinois for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking services

 

$

8

 

$

10

 

$

11

 

401(k) plan administration

 

14

 

11

 

65

 

Interest income earned on deposits at First Mid-Illinois

 

8

 

6

 

48

 

Fees charged to first Mid-Illinois for telecommunication services

 

455

 

456

 

482

 

 

4.                                      Prepaid and other current assets

 

Prepaid and other current assets at December 31 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid maintenance

 

$

2,242

 

$

3,152

 

Prepaid taxes

 

182

 

43

 

Deferred charges

 

961

 

718

 

Prepaid insurance

 

392

 

471

 

Prepaid expense - other

 

2,603

 

2,200

 

Other current assets

 

70

 

55

 

Total

 

$

6,450

 

$

6,639

 

 

5.                                      Property, plant and equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment at December 31 are as follows:

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

$

66,499

 

$

66,700

 

Network and outside plant facilities

 

869,565

 

833,879

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

81,920

 

80,315

 

Assets under capital lease

 

9,279

 

5,144

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

(675,390

)

(617,141

)

 

 

351,873

 

368,897

 

Construction in progress

 

4,184

 

8,303

 

Totals

 

$

356,057

 

$

377,200

 

 

Depreciation expense totaled $65.0 million, $63.1 million and $69.5 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Prior to our discontinuance of the application of the authoritative guidance on accounting for the effects of certain types of regulation on December 31, 2008 (See Note 2), we recognized depreciation expenses for our regulated telephone operations using rates and lives approved by the state regulators for regulatory reporting purposes.  Upon the discontinuance of the application of this authoritative guidance, we revised the useful lives on a prospective basis to be similar to a non-regulated entity.

 

6.                                      Investments

 

We own 2.34% of GTE Mobilnet of South Texas Limited Partnership (the “Mobilnet South Partnership”).  The principal activity of the Mobilnet South Partnership is providing cellular service in the Houston, Galveston, and Beaumont, Texas metropolitan areas.  We also own 3.60% of Pittsburgh SMSA Limited Partnership (“Pittsburgh SMSA”), which provides cellular service in and around the Pittsburgh metropolitan area.  Because of our limited influence over these partnerships, we use the cost method to account for both of these investments.  In 2010 and 2009, we received cash distributions from these partnerships totaling $11.7 million and $12.0 million, respectively.

 

We also own 17.02% of GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership (“RSA 17”), 16.6725% of Pennsylvania RSA 6(I) Limited Partnership (“RSA 6(I)”) and 23.67% of Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership (“RSA 6(II)”).  RSA #17 provides cellular service to a limited rural area in Texas.  RSA 6(I) and RSA 6(II) provides cellular service in and around our Pennsylvania service territory.  In addition, we have a 50% ownership interest in Boulevard Communications, LLP, a competitive access provider in western Pennsylvania.  Because we have some influence over the operating and financial policies of these four entities, we account for the investments using the equity method.  In 2010 and 2009, we received cash distributions from these partnerships totaling $15.6 million and $10.4 million, respectively.

 

Investments at December 31 are as follows:

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance policies

 

$

1,960

 

$

1,797

 

Cost method investments:

 

 

 

 

 

GTE Mobilnet of South Texas Limited Partnership (2.34%)

 

21,450

 

21,450

 

Pittsburgh SMSA Limited Partnership (3.60%)

 

22,950

 

22,950

 

CoBank, ACB Stock

 

3,148

 

2,917

 

Other

 

25

 

45

 

Equity method investments:

 

 

 

 

 

GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership (17.02% interest)

 

19,253

 

19,080

 

Pennsylvania RSA 6(I) Limited Partnership (16.6725% interest)

 

7,191

 

7,301

 

Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership (23.67% interest)

 

22,971

 

23,049

 

Boulevard Communications, LLP (50% interest)

 

157

 

159

 

Total

 

$

99,105

 

$

98,748

 

 

CoBank is a cooperative bank owned by its customers.  Annually, CoBank distributes patronage in the form of cash and stock in the cooperative based on the Company’s outstanding loan balance with CoBank, who has traditionally been a significant lender in the Company’s credit facility.   The investment in CoBank represents the accumulation of the equity patronage paid by CoBank to the Company.

 

Selective summarized financial information for these investments at December 31 was as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

258,249

 

$

236,835

 

$

212,498

 

Income from operations

 

77,830

 

65,565

 

50,479

 

Income before taxes

 

79,473

 

66,832

 

50,479

 

Net income

 

78,973

 

66,501

 

50,619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

48,802

 

47,894

 

33,586

 

Non-current assets

 

78,262

 

76,906

 

74,521

 

Current liabilities

 

12,916

 

11,035

 

8,937

 

Non-current liabilities

 

874

 

623

 

567

 

Partnership equity

 

113,293

 

113,260

 

98,603

 

 

7.                                      Fair Value Measurements

 

ASC Topic 820 (“ASC 820”), Fair Value Measurement, establishes a framework for measuring fair value.  That framework provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).  The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 are described as follows:

 

·                  Level 1 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

·                  Level 2 - Inputs to the valuation methodology include

·                  quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

·                  quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;

·                  inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability;

·                  inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

·                  Level 3 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

 

The asset or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  Valuation techniques used maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

 

The Company’s derivative instruments related to interest rate swap agreements are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis.  The fair values of the interest rate swaps are determined using an internal valuation model which relies on the expected LIBOR-based yield curve and estimates of counterparty and the Company's non-performance risk as the most significant inputs.  Because each of these inputs are directly observable or can be corroborated by observable market data, we have categorized these interest rate swaps as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.

 

The Company’s net liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis subject to disclosure requirements at December 31, 2010, were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date
Using

 

(In thousands)
Description

 

December 31,
2010

 

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current interest rate swap assets

 

$

20

 

$

 

$

20

 

$

 

Current interest rate swap liabilities

 

(6,374

)

 

(6,374

)

 

Long-term interest rate swap liabilities

 

(21,751

)

 

(21,751

)

 

Totals

 

$

(28,105

)

$

 

$

(28,105

)

$

 

 

The Company’s net liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis subject to disclosure requirements at December 31, 2009, were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date
Using

 

(In thousands)
Description

 

December 31,
2009

 

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current interest rate swap liabilities

 

$

(6,074

)

$

 

$

(6,074

)

$

 

Long-term interest rate swap liabilities

 

(26,105

)

 

(26,105

)

 

Totals

 

$

(32,179

)

$

 

$

(32,179

)

$

 

 

The change in the fair value of the derivatives is primarily a result of a change in market expectations for future interest rates.

 

We have not elected the fair value option for any of our financial assets or liabilities.  The carrying value of other financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short maturities or variable-rate nature of the

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

respective balances.  The following table presents the other financial instruments that are not carried at fair value but which require fair value disclosure as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010

 

As of December 31, 2009

 

(In thousands)

 

Carrying Value

 

Fair Value

 

Carrying Value

 

Fair Value

 

Investments, equity basis

 

$

49,572

 

n/a

 

$

49,589

 

n/a

 

Investments, at cost

 

$

47,573

 

n/a

 

$

47,362

 

n/a

 

Long-term debt

 

$

880,000

 

$

880,000

 

$

880,000

 

$

880,000

 

 

The Company’s investments at December 31, 2010 and 2009 accounted for under both the equity and cost methods consist of minority positions in various cellular telephone limited partnerships.  These investments are recorded using either the equity or cost methods.

 

Our long-term debt allows us to select a one month LIBOR repricing option, which we have elected.  As such, the carrying value of this debt approximates its fair value.

 

8.                                      Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, goodwill and indefinite life tradenames are not amortized but are subject to impairment testing—at least annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate potential impairment.  Our reporting units consist of Telephone Operations and Other Operations.

 

We completed our 2010 annual impairment test relying on both a discounted cash flow valuation technique, and to a lesser extent, a market approach.  The discount rate, sales growth and profitability assumptions are material assumptions utilized in our discounted cash flow model.  The discount rate is an after-tax, weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”).  The WACC is calculated based on observable market data.  Some of this data (such as the risk free or treasury rate and the pretax cost of debt) are based on the market data at a point in time.  Other data (such as beta and the equity risk premium) are based upon market data over time.  Sales growth rates and profitability assumptions are aligned with our long-term strategic planning process and reflect the best estimate of future results based on all information available to us at the assessment date.

 

We also evaluated the carrying value of our reporting units using a market-based approach.  In applying this methodology, we looked at recent transactions involving other comparable RLECs and the market multiples being paid relative to enterprise value.  This approach confirmed the indicative fair values under the discounted cash flow approach.

 

The impairment testing in 2010 and 2009 indicated no impairment of goodwill.  In 2008, our annual impairment testing determined that goodwill was impaired in our CMR reporting unit within the Other Operations segment because of a decline in fair value due to underperformance of the business unit.  As a result, we recorded an impairment charge of $6.1 million in 2008.

 

The following table presents the carrying amount of goodwill by segment:

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

Telephone
Operations

 

Other
Operations

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2007

 

$

519,355

 

$

7,084

 

$

526,439

 

Adjustment for purchase of North Pittsburgh

 

173

 

 

173

 

Impairment

 

 

(6,050

)

(6,050

)

Balance at December 31, 2008

 

$

519,528

 

$

1,034

 

$

520,562

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

$

519,528

 

$

1,034

 

$

520,562

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

519,528

 

$

1,034

 

$

520,562

 

 

Our most valuable tradename is the federally registered mark CONSOLIDATED, which is used in association with our telephone communication services and is a design of interlocking circles.  The Company’s corporate branding strategy leverages a CONSOLIDATED naming structure.  All of the Company’s business units and several of our products and services incorporate the CONSOLIDATED name.  These tradenames are indefinitely renewable intangibles.  The carrying value of the tradenames was $12.3 million at December 31, 2010 and $13.4 million at December 31, 2009.  For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we completed our annual impairment test using a discounted cash flow methodology based on a relief from royalty method and determined that there was no impairment of our tradenames.  However, in 2010, as part of the sale of our Operator Services business unit, we agreed to allow the buyer to use the name Consolidated Operator Services.  As a result, we reduced the value of the tradenames by $1.1 million which had previously been allocated to our Operator Services business unit.  In 2009, as part of the sale of our CMR business unit, we agreed to allow the buyer to use the name Consolidated Marketing Response.  As a result, we reduced the value of the tradenames in 2009 by $0.8 million which was the amount that had previously been allocated to our CMR business unit.

 

The Company’s customer lists consist of an established base of customers that subscribe to its services.  We eliminated approximately $7.3 million from both the gross customer list carrying amount and the accumulated amortization on November 30, 2010 as a result of the sale of our Operator Services business unit.  The carrying amount of customer lists at December 31 is as follows:

 

 

 

Telephone Operations

 

Other Operations

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

 

$

193,124

 

$

193,124

 

$

4,405

 

$

11,712

 

Less: accumulated amortization

 

(114,055

)

(92,358

)

(3,524

)

(10,390

)

Net carrying amount

 

$

79,069

 

$

100,766

 

$

881

 

$

1,322

 

 

Amortization associated with customer lists totaled approximately $22.1 million in 2010 and $22.2 million in 2009 and 2008. The weighted-average remaining period over which customer lists are being amortized is 2.9 years. The estimated future amortization expense is as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2011

 

$

22,138

 

2012

 

22,139

 

2013

 

8,323

 

2014

 

8,323

 

2015

 

8,323

 

2016

 

8,323

 

2017

 

2,381

 

Total

 

$

79,950

 

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

9.                                      Deferred Debt Issuance Costs, Net and Other Assets

 

Deferred financing costs, net and other assets at December 31 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred debt issuance costs, net

 

$

5,171

 

$

6,464

 

Other assets

 

104

 

169

 

Total

 

$

5,275

 

$

6,633

 

 

Deferred debt issuance costs are subject to amortization.  Remaining deferred debt issuance costs of $5.2 million related to our secured credit facility will be amortized utilizing a method which approximates the effective interest method over the remaining life of 4 years, resulting in annual amortization expense of $1.3 million unless the facility is extinguished earlier.

 

10.                               Accrued Expenses

 

Accrued expenses at December 31 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

9,438

 

$

11,727

 

Taxes payable

 

5,035

 

4,631

 

Accrued interest

 

104

 

1,177

 

Other accrued expenses

 

8,072

 

5,598

 

Totals

 

$

22,649

 

$

23,133

 

 

11.                               Debt

 

Long-term debt at December 31 consists of the following:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior secured credit facility - revolving loan

 

$

 

$

 

Senior secured credit facility - term loan

 

880,000

 

880,000

 

Obligations under capital lease

 

4,125

 

344

 

 

 

884,125

 

880,344

 

Less: current portion

 

(132

)

(344

)

Total long-term debt

 

$

883,993

 

$

880,000

 

 

Future maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2010, are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2011

 

$

132

 

2012

 

168

 

2013

 

209

 

2014

 

880,256

 

Thereafter

 

3,360

 

 

 

$

884,125

 

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

Credit Agreement

 

The Company, through certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, has a credit agreement with several financial institutions, providing for a $50 million revolving credit facility (including a $10 million sub-limit for letters of credit), and an $880 million term loan facility.  Borrowings under the credit facility are secured by substantially all of the assets of Consolidated with the exception of Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company.  The term loan requires no principal reductions prior to maturity and thus matures in full on December 31, 2014.  The revolving credit facility matures on December 31, 2013.  There were no borrowings or letters of credit outstanding under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2010 or 2009.

 

At our election, borrowings under the credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus either a “base rate” or LIBOR.  As of December 31, 2010, the applicable margin for interest rates was 2.50% per year for the LIBOR-based term loan and 1.50% for alternative base rate loans.  The applicable margin for our $880 million term loan is fixed for the duration of the loan.  The applicable margin for borrowings on the revolving credit facility is determined via a pricing grid.  Based on our leverage ratio of 4.83:1 at December 31, 2010, borrowings under the revolving credit facility will be priced at a margin of 2.75% for LIBOR-based borrowings and 1.75% for alternative base rate borrowings for the three-month period ending March 31, 2011.  The applicable borrowing margin for the revolving credit facility is adjusted quarterly to reflect the leverage ratio from the prior quarter-end.

 

The weighted-average interest rate incurred on our credit facilities during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, including the effect of interest rate swaps and the applicable margin, was 5.71% and 6.37% per annum, respectively.  Interest is payable at least quarterly.

 

The credit agreement contains various provisions and covenants, including, among other items, restrictions on the ability to pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness, issue capital stock and commit to future capital expenditures.  We have agreed to maintain certain financial ratios, including interest coverage, and total net leverage ratios, all as defined in the credit agreement.  As of December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with the credit agreement covenants.

 

Covenant Compliance

 

In general, our credit agreement restricts our ability to pay dividends to the amount of our Available Cash accumulated after October 1, 2005, plus $23.7 million and minus the aggregate amount of dividends paid after July 27, 2005.  Available Cash for any period is defined in our credit facility as Adjusted EBITDA (a) minus, to the extent not deducted in the determination of Adjusted EBITDA, (i) non-cash dividend income for such period; (ii) consolidated interest expense for such period net of amortization of debt issuance costs incurred (A) in connection with or prior to the consummation of the acquisition of North Pittsburgh or (B) in connection with the redemption of our then-outstanding senior notes; (iii) capital expenditures from internally generated funds; (iv) cash income taxes for such period; (v) scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness, if any; (vi) voluntary repayments of indebtedness, mandatory prepayments of term loans and net increases in outstanding revolving loans during such period; (vii) the cash costs of any extraordinary or unusual losses or charges; and (viii) all cash payments made on account of losses or charges expensed prior to such period (b) plus, to the extent not included in Adjusted EBITDA, (i) cash interest income; (ii) the cash amount realized in respect to extraordinary or unusual gains; and (iii) net decreases in revolving loans.  Based on the results of operations from October 1, 2005 through December 31, 2010, and after taking into consideration dividend payments (including the $11.5 million dividend declared in November 2010 and paid on February 1, 2011), we continue to have $124.9 million in dividend availability under the credit facility covenant.

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

Under our credit agreement, if our total net leverage ratio (as such term is defined in the credit agreement), as of the end of any fiscal quarter, is greater than 5.10:1.00, we will be required to suspend dividends on our common stock unless otherwise permitted by an exception for dividends that may be paid from the portion of proceeds of any sale of equity not used to make mandatory prepayments of loans and not used to fund acquisitions, capital expenditures or make other investments.  During any dividend suspension period, we will be required to repay debt in an amount equal to 50.0% of any increase in available cash (as such term is defined in our credit agreement) during such dividend suspension period, among other things.  In addition, we will not be permitted to pay dividends if an event of default under the credit agreement has occurred and is continuing.  Among other things, it will be an event of default if our interest coverage ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter is below 2.25:1.00. As of December 31, 2010, our total net leverage ratio was 4.83:1.00, and our interest coverage ratio was 3.60:1.00.

 

Senior notes

 

On April 1, 2008, we redeemed all of the then outstanding senior notes.  The total amount of the redemption was $136.3 million, including a call premium of $6.3 million.  The senior note redemption and payment of accrued interest through the redemption date was funded using $120 million of borrowing on a delayed draw term loan facility together with cash on hand.  We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $9.2 million related to the redemption premium and the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs.

 

Capital leases

 

The Company has three capital leases, all which expire in May 2021, for the lease of office and warehouse space.  As of December 31, 2010, the present value of the minimum remaining lease commitments was approximately $4.1 million, of which $0.1 million is due and payable within the next 12 months.  The leases will require total rental payments to LATEL of approximately $7.9 million over the term of the leases.

 

12.                               Derivatives

 

In order to manage the risk associated with changes in interest rates, we have entered into interest rate swap agreements that effectively convert a portion of our floating-rate debt to a fixed-rate basis, thereby reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future cash interest payments.  We account for these transactions as cash flow hedges under the FASB’s ASC Topic 815 (“ASC 815”), Derivatives and Hedging.  The swaps are designated as cash flow hedges of our expected future interest payments.  In a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the hedging derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is subsequently reclassified into earnings during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings.  The change in fair value of any ineffective portion of the hedging derivative is recognized immediately in earnings.

 

We currently have in place interest rate swap agreements whereby we receive 3-month LIBOR-based interest payments from the swap counterparties and pay a fixed rate.  We also have interest rate swap agreements whereby we make 3-month LIBOR-based payments, less a fixed percentage to a counterparty and receive 1-month LIBOR.  The combination effectively hedges the interest payments based on 1-month LIBOR resets on a portion of our credit facility.  During the fourth quarter of 2010, the net effect of these swaps is that we paid a weighted-average fixed rate of 4.36% to our swap counterparties on $605 million of notional amount and received 1-month LIBOR less a fixed percentage.  The weighted-average fixed percentage received was 0.06% for the fourth quarter of 2010.  On December 31, 2010, $175 million of notional value of these swaps expired, leaving $430 million notional value of these swaps in place as of December 31, 2010.

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

We also have in place $200 million notional amount of floating to fixed interest rate swap agreements that became effective on December 31, 2010.  Under these swap agreements, we will make fixed payments to the swap counterparties at a weighted-average fixed rate of 1.83% and receive 1-month LIBOR.  These swap agreements have a maturity date of March 31, 2013.

 

In addition, we also have entered into a $100 million notional amount of forward floating to fixed interest rate swap agreement that will become effective on September 30, 2011.  For this swap agreement, we will make fixed payments to the swap counterparty at a weighted-average fixed rate of 1.65% and receive 1-month LIBOR.  The September 2011 forward swap agreement has a maturity date of September 30, 2013.

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately 71.59% and 68.75%, respectively, of our outstanding debt was fixed through the use of interest rate swaps.

 

The counterparties to our various swaps are 5 major U.S. and European banks.  None of the swap agreements provide for either us or the counterparties to post collateral nor do the agreements include any covenants related to the financial condition of Consolidated or the counterparties.  The swaps of any counterparty that is a “Lender” as defined in our credit facility are secured along with the other creditors under the credit facility.  Each of the swap agreements provides that in the event of a bankruptcy filing by either Consolidated or the counterparty, any amounts owed between the two parties would be offset in order to determine the net amount due between parties.  This provision allows us to partially mitigate the risk of non-performance by a counterparty.

 

We report the gross fair value of our derivatives in either prepaid expenses and other current assets, current portion of derivative liability or other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.  The table below shows the balance sheet classification and fair value of our interest rate swaps designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

$

20

 

$

 

Current portion of derivative liability

 

6,374

 

6,074

 

Other liabilities

 

21,751

 

26,105

 

 

In a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the hedging derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is subsequently reclassified into earnings during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the pretax deferred losses related to our interest rate swap agreements included in other comprehensive income totaled $28.0 million and $31.9 million, respectively.  The change in fair value of any ineffective portion of the hedging derivative is recognized immediately in earnings.

 

Information regarding our cash flow hedge transactions are as follows:

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss/(gain) recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) (pretax)

 

$

(3,927

)

$

(15,624

)

$

34,744

 

Loss/(gain) arising from ineffectiveness increasing/(reducing) interest expense

 

$

(146

)

$

(107

)

$

395

 

Deferred losses reclassed from AOCI to interest expense

 

$

4,742

 

$

11,050

 

$

6,377

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(In thousands, except months)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate notional value of current derivatives outstanding

 

$

630,000

 

$

605,000

 

Aggregate notional value of forward derivatives outstanding

 

$

100,000

 

$

 

Period through which derivative positions currently exist

 

September 2013

 

March 2013

 

Loss in fair value of derivatives

 

$

28,105

 

$

32,179

 

Deferred losses included in AOCI (pretax)

 

$

27,963

 

$

31,891

 

Losses included in AOCI to be recognized in the next 12 months

 

$

1,250

 

$

4,742

 

Number of months over which loss in OCI is to be recognized

 

27

 

39

 

 

13.                               Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income

 

The following table summarizes interest expense:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense — credit facility

 

$

24,782

 

$

25,443

 

$

49,656

 

Interest expense — high-yield debt

 

 

 

3,204

 

Payments on swap liabilities, net

 

25,070

 

29,918

 

10,524

 

Other interest

 

893

 

1,023

 

1,837

 

Amortization of deferred financing fees

 

1,293

 

1,273

 

1,431

 

Uncertain tax position interest accrual

 

357

 

452

 

235

 

Reversal of Uncertain tax position interest accrual

 

(1,363

)

 

 

Capitalized interest

 

(173

)

(118

)

(228

)

Total interest expense

 

50,859

 

57,991

 

66,659

 

Less: interest income

 

(119

)

(56

)

(367

)

Interest expense, net of interest income

 

$

50,740

 

$

57,935

 

$

66,292

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we reversed $1.4 million of accrued interest as a result of a change in our uncertain tax liabilities for which the statute of limitations expired on September 15, 2010.

 

14.                               Retirement and Pension Plans

 

We have 401(k) plans covering substantially all of our employees.  Contributions made under our defined contribution plans include a match, at the Company’s discretion, of employee contributions to the plans.  We recorded expense with respect to these plans of $2.4 million in 2010 and $2.6 million in 2009 and 2008.

 

Qualified Retirement Plan

 

We sponsor a defined-benefit pension plan (“Retirement Plan”) that is non-contributory covering substantially all of our hourly employees who fulfill minimum age and service requirements.  Certain salaried employees are also covered by the Retirement Plan although these benefits have previously been

 

F-24



Table of Contents

 

frozen.  We contribute amounts necessary to meet the minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws.

 

On October 21, 2010, members of the Communications Workers of America Local 6218 (Conroe and Lufkin, Texas bargaining unit employees) approved changes to their pension benefit plan.  Benefits earned under the current final-average-pay pension formula were frozen effective December 31, 2010 and future benefits accruals will be replaced by a Cash Balance Plan benefit.  This plan change reduced the projected benefit obligation by $1.5 million at December 31, 2010.

 

Under the Cash Balance Plan benefit, cash balance participant accounts will be credited with pay credits at the end of each month equal to four percent of their base wages earned in that month, so long as the participant is employed in the Conroe/Lufkin bargaining unit and meets the current eligibility requirements on the last day of the month.  Each participant’s cash balance account will also be credited with interest credits at the end of each month until the balance has been paid out.  The interest credits will be based on the beginning-of-month cash balance on the first day of the month and the current 30-year U.S. Treasury bond yield applicable to the current plan year.

 

Upon termination or retirement, the participant will receive both a cash balance pension benefit earned after January 1, 2011 as well as his/her frozen benefit under the current final-average-pay pension benefit formula earned through December 31, 2010.

 

The average asset allocations for our Retirement Plan at December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

64.3

%

61.8

%

Debt securities

 

34.0

 

35.0

 

Cash and equivalents

 

1.7

 

3.2

 

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

We have established a Pension Committee that is responsible for overseeing the investments of the pension plan assets.  The Pension Committee is responsible for determining and monitoring the appropriate asset allocations and for selecting or replacing investment managers, trustees and custodians.  The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of common stocks, bonds, cash equivalents, and other investments, which may reflect varying rates of return.  The investments are further diversified within each asset classification.  The portfolio diversification provides protection against a single security or class of securities having a disproportionate impact on aggregate performance.  The Retirement Plan’s current investment target allocations are 50% - 60% equities, with the remainder in fixed income funds and cash equivalents.  The Pension Committee reviews the actual asset allocation in light of these targets periodically and rebalances investments as necessary.  They also evaluate the performance of investment managers as compared to the performance of specified benchmarks and peers, and monitor the investment managers to ensure adherence to their stated investment style and to the Retirement Plan’s investment guidelines.

 

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies for assets measured at fair value utilizing the fair value hierarchy discussed in Note 7.  There have been no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

Common and International Stocks (Level I):  Includes domestic and international common and

 

F-25



Table of Contents

 

preferred stocks and are valued at the closing price as of the measurement date as reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded multiplied by the number of shares owned.

 

Stock Mutual Funds (Level 1):  Valued at the closing net asset value as of the measurement date as reported on the active market on which the funds are traded multiplied by the number of shares owned or the percentage of ownership in the fund.

 

Fixed Income Funds (Level 1):  Includes Government agency and U.S. corporate bonds and are valued at the closing net asset value as of the measurement date as reported on the active market on which the funds are traded multiplied by the number of shares owned or the percentage of ownership in the fund.

 

Common Collective Trust (Level 2):  Valued as determined by the fund manager based on the underlying net asset values multiplied by the ownership percentage and supported by the value of the underlying securities as of the financial statement date.

 

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31,
2010

 

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term investments (A)

 

$

2,534

 

$

171

 

$

2,363

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. common stocks

 

14,576

 

14,576

 

 

 

International stocks

 

9,743

 

9,743

 

 

 

Mutual funds

 

45,444

 

45,444

 

 

 

Common Collective Trust

 

24,705

 

 

24,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds

 

49,963

 

49,963

 

 

 

Total

 

$

146,965

 

$

119,897

 

$

27,068

 

$

 

 


(A)  Short-term investments include cash and cash equivalents and an investment in a common collective trust, which is principally comprised of certificates of deposits, commercial paper and U.S. Treasury bills with maturities of less than a year.

 

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2009 are as follows:

 

F-26



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31,
2009

 

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term investments (A)

 

$

4,508

 

$

52

 

$

4,456

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. common stocks

 

14,651

 

14,651

 

 

 

International stocks

 

8,646

 

8,646

 

 

 

Mutual funds

 

47,865

 

47,865

 

 

 

 

Common Collective Trust

 

16,548

 

 

16,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds

 

49,763

 

49,763

 

 

 

Total

 

$

141,981

 

$

120,977

 

$

21,004

 

$

 

 


(A)  Short-term investments include cash and cash equivalents and an investment in a common collective trust, which is principally comprised of certificates of deposit, commercial paper and U.S. Treasury bills with maturities of less than a year.

 

On December 31, 2010, the annual measurement date, our Retirement Plan had a projected benefit obligation of $193.1 million, while the fair value of the Retirement Plan’s assets were $147.0 million.  In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, we recognized the unfunded status of the plan by recording an accrued pension liability of $46.1 million.

 

Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost and amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows at December 31:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unfunded status

 

$

(46,131

)

$

(42,924

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in:

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities

 

(46,131

)

(42,924

)

Deferred taxes

 

(10,268

)

(10,458

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortized prior service credit

 

(1,155

)

(260

)

Unamortized net actuarial loss

 

18,249

 

17,821

 

 

The amount of unamortized prior service credit that will be recognized as a reduction to net periodic pension cost in 2011 is expected to be approximately $0.2 million.  The amount of unamortized net actuarial losses that will be recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost in 2011 is expected to be approximately $0.8 million.

 

A summary of the components of net periodic pension cost for the Retirement Plan for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

1,900

 

$

2,109

 

$

2,120

 

Interest cost

 

11,197

 

11,099

 

11,004

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(10,178

)

(9,422

)

(12,690

)

Net amortization loss

 

845

 

2,673

 

 

Prior service credit amortization

 

(43

)

(43

)

(13

)

Net periodic pension cost

 

$

3,721

 

$

6,416

 

$

421

 

 

Assumptions utilized for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate — net periodic benefit cost

 

6.23

%

6.12

%

6.33

%

Discount rate — benefit obligation

 

5.86

%

6.23

%

6.12

%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

7.50

%

7.70

%

8.00

%

Rate of compensation/salary increase

 

3.06

%

3.16

%

3.73

%

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the projected benefit obligation for the years ended December 31:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year

 

$

184,904

 

$

187,065

 

Service costs

 

1,900

 

2,109

 

Interest costs

 

11,197

 

11,099

 

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

8,904

 

(3,183

)

Benefits paid

 

(12,331

)

(12,186

)

Plan amendments

 

(1,479

)

 

Benefit obligation at the end of the year

 

$

193,095

 

$

184,904

 

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the projected benefit obligation exceeded the accumulated benefit obligation by $4.5 million and $5.7 million, respectively.

 

The actuarial loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 results primarily from a change in the benefit obligation discount rate and a change in the demographic experience (including assumption changes).  For 2009, the actuarial  gains results primarily from a change in the demographic experience (including assumption changes).

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the plan assets for the years ended December 31:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year

 

$

141,981

 

$

118,449

 

Employer contributions

 

 

10,447

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

17,315

 

25,271

 

Benefits paid

 

(12,331

)

(12,186

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year

 

$

146,965

 

$

141,981

 

 

We expect to contribute approximately $9.5 million to our qualified pension plan in 2011.

 

The expected future benefits payments for the plan are as follows:

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

2011

 

$

12,621

 

2012

 

12,860

 

2013

 

12,968

 

2014

 

13,018

 

2015

 

13,217

 

2016 — 2020

 

67,814

 

 

Non-qualified Pension Plan

 

The Company also has a non-qualified supplemental pension plan (“Restoration Plan”), which it acquired as part of its North Pittsburgh and TXUCV acquisitions.  The Restoration Plan covers certain former employees of our Pennsylvania and Texas operations.  The Restoration Plan restores benefits that were precluded under the Retirement Plan by Internal Revenue Service limits on compensation and benefits applicable to qualified pension plans, and by the exclusion of bonus compensation from the Retirement Plan’s definition of earnings.  One participant is a former North Pittsburgh employee while the remaining participants are all former employees of our Texas properties.

 

On December 31, 2010, the annual measurement date, our Restoration Plan had a projected benefit obligation of $1.0 million.  The Restoration Plan is unfunded and has no assets, and the benefits paid under the Restoration Plan come from the general operating funds of the Company.

 

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, we recognized the underfunded status of the plan by recording an accrued pension liability of $1.0 million.

 

Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost and amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows at December 31:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unfunded status

 

$

(1,006

)

$

(954

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in:

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

(52

)

(53

)

Long-term liabilities

 

(954

)

(901

)

Deferred taxes

 

(157

)

(151

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortized net actuarial loss

 

273

 

261

 

 

The amount of unamortized net actuarial losses that will be recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost in 2011 is expected to be $34 thousand.

 

A summary of the components of net periodic pension cost for the Restoration Plan for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Interest cost

 

58

 

57

 

210

 

Special termination benefits charge

 

 

 

2

 

Net amortization loss

 

30

 

33

 

32

 

Net periodic pension cost

 

$

88

 

$

90

 

$

244

 

 

F-29



Table of Contents

 

Discount rate assumptions utilized for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

6.23

%

6.08

%

5.53

%

Benefit obligation

 

5.86

%

6.23

%

6.08

%

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the projected benefit obligation for the years ended December 31:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year

 

$

954

 

$

967

 

Service costs

 

 

 

Interest costs

 

58

 

57

 

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

47

 

(17

)

Benefits paid

 

(53

)

(53

)

Benefit obligation at the end of the year

 

$

1,006

 

$

954

 

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the projected benefit obligation equaled the accumulated benefit obligation.

 

The actuarial gain and loss for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 results primarily from changes in demographic experience, including assumption changes.

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the plan assets for the years ended December 31:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year

 

$

 

$

 

Employer contributions

 

53

 

53

 

Benefits paid

 

(53

)

(53

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year

 

$

 

$

 

 

In 2011, we anticipate making contributions to our non-qualified pension plans totaling approximately $0.1 million.

 

The expected future benefits payments for the plan are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

2011

 

$

54

 

2012

 

53

 

2013

 

53

 

2014

 

53

 

2015

 

53

 

2016 — 2020

 

275

 

 

Other Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Agreements

 

We also are liable for deferred compensation agreements with former members of the Board of Directors and certain other former employees of a subsidiary of TXUCV, which was acquired in 2004.  The benefits are payable for up to the life of the participant and may begin as early as age 65 or upon the death of the participant.  Participants accrue no new benefits as these plans had previously been frozen by

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

TXUCV’s predecessor company prior to our acquisition of TXUCV.  Payments related to the deferred compensation agreements totaled approximately $0.6 million in 2010 and $0.5 million in 2009.  The net present value of the remaining obligations was approximately $2.9 million and $3.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is included in pension and postretirement benefit obligations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

We also maintain 40 life insurance policies on certain of the participating former directors and employees.  We did not recognize any proceeds in other income in 2010 or 2009 due to the receipt of life insurance proceeds.  The excess of the cash surrender value of the remaining life insurance policies over the notes payable balances related to these policies is determined by an independent consultant, and totaled $2.0 million at December 31, 2010 and $1.8 million at December 31, 2009.  These amounts are included in investments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  Cash principal payments for the policies and any proceeds from the policies are classified as operating activities in the statements of cash flows.  The aggregate death benefit payable under these policies totaled $8.3 million and $8.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

15.          Postretirement Benefit Obligation

 

We sponsor a healthcare plan and life insurance plan (“Postretirement Plan”) that provides postretirement medical benefits and life insurance to certain groups of retired employees.  Retirees share in the cost of healthcare benefits, making contributions that are adjusted periodically—either based upon collective bargaining agreements or because total costs of the program have changed.  We generally pay the covered expenses for retiree health benefits as they are incurred.  Postretirement life insurance benefits are fully insured.

 

On December 31, 2010, the annual measurement date, our Postretirement Plan had a projected benefit obligation of $33.5 million, which is less than the projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2009 of $36.2 million.  The Postretirement Plan is unfunded and has no assets, and the benefits paid under the Postretirement Plan come from the general operating funds of the Company.

 

Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost and amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows at December 31:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unfunded status

 

$

(33,476

)

$

(36,214

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in:

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

(2,795

)

(2,856

)

Long-term liabilities

 

(30,681

)

(33,358

)

Deferred taxes

 

2,408

 

1,645

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss:

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortized prior service credit

 

1,101

 

1,430

 

Unamortized net actuarial gain

 

2,574

 

1,128

 

 

The amount of unamortized prior service credit that will be recognized as a reduction to net periodic postretirement cost in 2011 is expected to be approximately $0.2 million.  The amount of unamortized net actuarial gains that reduce net periodic postretirement cost in 2011 is expected to be approximately $0.1 million.

 

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years ended December 31 includes the following components:

 

F-31



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

668

 

$

813

 

$

900

 

Interest cost

 

1,835

 

2,146

 

2,421

 

Net prior service cost amortization

 

(447

)

(963

)

(638

)

Special termination benefits charge

 

 

 

40

 

Net gain amortization

 

(234

)

(22

)

 

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost

 

$

1,822

 

$

1,974

 

$

2,723

 

 

The change in benefit obligation for the years ended December 31 includes the following components:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year

 

$

36,214

 

$

37,723

 

Service cost

 

668

 

813

 

Interest cost

 

1,835

 

2,146

 

Plan participant contributions

 

586

 

500

 

Actuarial gain

 

(2,705

)

(1,642

)

Benefits paid

 

(3,122

)

(3,326

)

Benefit obligation at the end of the year

 

$

33,476

 

$

36,214

 

 

Discount rate assumptions utilized for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

6.10

%

6.15

%

6.18

%

Benefit obligation

 

5.58

%

6.10

%

6.15

%

 

The expected future benefits payments for the plan are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

2011

 

$

2,872

 

2012

 

2,850

 

2013

 

2,714

 

2014

 

2,730

 

2015

 

2,725

 

2016 – 2020

 

12,715

 

 

For purposes of determining the cost and obligation for pre-Medicare postretirement medical benefits, a 9% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered benefits (i.e., healthcare trend rate) was assumed for the plan in 2011, declining to a rate of 5.00% in 2017.  Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for healthcare plans.  A one percent change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rate would have had the following effects:

 

(In thousands)

 

1% Increase

 

1% Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

 

$

249

 

$

(213

)

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

 

$

2,780

 

$

(2,425

)

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

16.          Other Long-term Liabilities

 

Other long-term liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term derivative liabilities

 

$

21,751

 

$

26,105

 

Uncertain tax positions

 

1,475

 

5,638

 

Accrued interest on uncertain tax positions

 

56

 

1,061

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

555

 

635

 

Total

 

$

23,837

 

$

33,439

 

 

17.                               Stock-based Compensation Plans

 

As of December 31, 2010, we maintained one stock-based compensation plan, the Amended and Restated Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 2005 Long-term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  The Plan was initially approved by stockholders effective July 21, 2005, and was subsequently amended on May 5, 2009 and May 4, 2010.  The Plan provides for the grant of awards in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock grants, stock unit grants and other equity-based awards to eligible directors and employees at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  The term of the awards granted under the Plan is determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and cannot exceed 10 years from the date of grant.  Restricted stock grants generally vest at the rate of 25% per year in December of each year.  The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the Plan is limited to 1,650,000 provided that no more than 300,000 shares may be granted in the form of stock options or stock appreciation rights to any eligible employee or director in any calendar year.  Unless terminated sooner, the Plan will continue in effect until May 5, 2019.

 

The Company has implemented an ongoing performance-based incentive program under the Plan.  The performance-based incentive program provides for regular annual grants of performance shares.  Performance shares are restricted stock that are issued, to the extent earned, at the end of each performance cycle.  Under the performance-based incentive program, each participant is given a target award expressed as a number of shares, with a payout opportunity ranging from 0% to 120% of the target, depending on performance relative to predetermined goals.  In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, an accounting estimate of the number of these shares that are expected to vest is made, and these shares are then expensed utilizing the grant-date fair value of the shares from the grant date through the end of the vesting period.

 

Pretax stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in millions)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock

 

$

1.4

 

$

1.1

 

$

1.1

 

Performance shares

 

1.0

 

0.8

 

0.8

 

Total

 

$

2.4

 

$

1.9

 

$

1.9

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense is included in “selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

As of December 31, 2010, we had not yet recognized compensation expense on the following non-vested awards.

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

(in millions)

 

Non-recognized
Compensation

 

Average Remaining
Recognition Period
(years)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock

 

$

1.7

 

1.9

 

Performance shares

 

1.1

 

0.9

 

Total

 

$

2.8

 

1.8

 

 

The following table presents restricted stock activity by year:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

# of
Shares

 

Price(1)

 

# of
Shares

 

Price(1)

 

# of
Shares

 

Price(1)

 

Non-vested restricted shares outstanding — January 1

 

82,375

 

$

12.08

 

74,391

 

$

16.62

 

122,367

 

$

17.07

 

Shares granted

 

115,949

 

18.65

 

96,447

 

9.05

 

14,750

 

14.92

 

Shares vested

 

(65,855

)

14.67

 

(64,499

)

12.65

 

(48,016

)

16.95

 

Shares forfeited, cancelled or retired

 

(31,034

)

13.77

 

(23,964

)

12.44

 

(14,710

)

17.57

 

Non-vested restricted shares outstanding — December 31

 

101,435

 

$

17.40

 

82,375

 

$

12.08

 

74,391

 

$

16.62

 

 


(1)           Represents the weighted—average fair value on date of grant.

 

The following table presents performance-based share activity by year:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

# of
Shares

 

Price(1)

 

# of
Shares

 

Price(1)

 

# of
Shares

 

Price(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested performance shares outstanding — January 1

 

46,578

 

$

11.72

 

31,137

 

$

15.68

 

6,935

 

$

20.01

 

Shares granted

 

98,002

 

18.65

 

61,544

 

9.05

 

56,717

 

14.92

 

Shares vested

 

(47,252

)

16.93

 

(32,321

)

10.89

 

(23,579

)

15.33

 

Shares forfeited, cancelled or retired

 

(28,448

)

17.21

 

(13,782

)

10.67

 

(8,936

)

15.15

 

Non-vested performance shares outstanding — December 31

 

68,880

 

$

15.74

 

46,578

 

$

11.72

 

31,137

 

$

15.68

 

 


(1)          Represents the weighted—average fair value on date of grant.

 

18.          Income Taxes

 

The components of the income tax provision for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

9,904

 

$

9,778

 

$

12,519

 

State

 

2,251

 

2,564

 

6,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(1,796

)

2,266

 

(9,650

)

State

 

(1,368

)

(2,209

)

(2,382

)

Total Income tax expense

 

$

8,991

 

$

12,399

 

$

6,639

 

 

We adopted the applicable accounting guidance related to non-controlling interests effective January 1, 2009.  The presentation and disclosure requirements were applied retrospectively.  However, the income tax provision was not adjusted.  The result is a lower effective income tax rate due to the

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

inclusion of income attributable to noncontrolling interests in income before the provision for income taxes.  The effective rate prior to adoption was 55.8% for 2008.

 

The following is a reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and the Company’s overall effective tax rate for the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(In percentages)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory federal income tax rate

 

35.0

 

35.0

 

35.0

 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

(0.1

)

2.9

 

27.0

 

Other permanent differences

 

(0.3

)

0.1

 

4.3

 

Change in tax reserves

 

(10.9

)

 

 

Change in deferred tax rate

 

(1.4

)

(2.7

)

(9.9

)

Other

 

(1.0

)

(2.9

)

(4.4

)

 

 

21.3

 

32.4

 

52.0

 

 

Cash paid for federal and state income taxes was $18.7 million during 2010, $11.0 million during 2009, and $13.5 million during 2008.

 

Deferred Taxes

 

Net deferred taxes consist of the following components at December 31:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

Current deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve for uncollectible accounts

 

$

1,062

 

$

765

 

Accrued vacation pay deducted when paid

 

1,077

 

1,160

 

Accrued expenses and deferred revenue

 

3,533

 

4,045

 

 

 

5,672

 

5,970

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

1,453

 

1,720

 

Pension and postretirement obligations

 

29,559

 

30,952

 

Stock-based compensation

 

465

 

297

 

Derivative instruments

 

10,183

 

11,649

 

State tax credit carryforwards

 

2,272

 

2,327

 

Other

 

450

 

 

 

 

44,382

 

46,945

 

Non-current deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and other intangibles

 

(34,963

)

(39,822

)

Partnership investments

 

(22,251

)

(22,142

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

(60,796

)

(59,692

)

 

 

(118,010

)

(121,656

)

Net non-current deferred taxes

 

(73,628

)

(74,711

)

Net deferred income tax liabilities

 

$

(67,956

)

$

(68,741

)

 

Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and assets and liabilities recognized for tax purposes.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends upon taxable income during the future periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.  To determine whether deferred tax assets can be realized, management assesses whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

tax assets will not be realized, taking into consideration the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax-planning strategies.

 

Based upon historical taxable income, tax planning strategies and projections for future taxable income over the periods that the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these temporary differences.  However, management may reduce the amount of deferred tax assets it considers realizable in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.  The amount of projected future taxable income is expected to allow for the full utilization of the net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards as described below.

 

ETFL, a nonconsolidated subsidiary for federal income tax return purposes, estimates it has available NOL carryforwards at December 31, 2010, of $2.9 million and related deferred tax assets of $1.0 million. ETFL’s federal NOL carryforwards expire from 2019 to 2024.

 

We estimate that we have available state NOL carryforwards at December 31, 2010, of $6.8 million and related deferred tax assets of $0.4 million.  The state NOL carryforwards expire from 2020 to 2027.

 

We estimate that we have available state tax credit carryforwards at December 31, 2010, of $3.5 million and related deferred tax assets of $2.3 million.  During 2010, $0.1 million of the state tax credit carryforward was utilized.  The state tax credit carryforward is limited annually and expires in 2027.

 

On January 13, 2011, Illinois Governor Pat Quinn signed PA. 96-1496 into law.  Included in the law was an increase in the corporate income tax rate.  There was no impact recognized for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The deferred tax impact of this law will be taken into account as a discrete item during the first quarter of 2011 and is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.  We do not expect a material impact to our effective or cash tax rates as a result of these provisions.

 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

 

We adopted the accounting guidance applicable to uncertainty in income taxes effective January 1, 2007 with no impact on its results of operations or financial condition, and have analyzed filing positions in all of the federal and state jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns as well as all open tax years in these jurisdictions.  This accounting guidance clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements; prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return; and provides guidance on description, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $1.5 million and $5.7 million, respectively.  The net amount of unrecognized benefits that, if recognized, would result in an impact to the effective tax rate is $1.0 million.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized a net decrease of $4.2 million to our liability for uncertain tax positions.  This net decrease consists of a $5.4 million decrease due to the expiration of a federal statute of limitation and an increase of $1.2 million related to 2009 income tax filings.

 

We have continued our practice of recognizing interest and penalties related to income tax

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

matters in interest expense and general and administrative expense, respectively.   During 2010, we recorded a net decrease to interest expense of approximately $1.0 million related to uncertain tax positions.  This net decrease consists of a $1.4 million decrease in interest expense due to the expiration of a federal statute of limitations in the third quarter of 2010 and an increase to interest expense of $0.4 million during the year related to the current year accrual of interest on our uncertain tax positions.  At December 31, 2010, we had recorded $0.1 million of interest and penalties relating to uncertain tax positions.  For the year ending December 31, 2009, we accrued $0.5 million of net interest and penalties and in total had recognized a liability for interest and penalties of $1.1 million.

 

The only periods subject to examination for our federal return are years 2007 through 2009.  The periods subject to examination for our state returns are years 2005 through 2009.  We are not currently under examination by federal taxing authorities.  We are currently under examination by state taxing authorities.  We do not expect any settlement or payment that may result from the audit to have a material effect on our results of operations or cash flows.

 

A decrease in unrecognized tax benefits of $0.3 million and less than $0.1 million of related accrued interest is expected in the third quarter of 2011 due to the expiration of a state statute of limitation.  The tax benefit attributable to the $0.3 million decrease in unrecognized tax benefits will not have a significant effect on the Company’s effective tax rate.  There were material changes to these amounts during 2010 that had a significant affect on the Company’s effective tax rate.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

 

Liability for
Unrecognized
Tax Benefits

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1

 

$

5,659

 

$

5,740

 

Additions for tax positions in the current year

 

 

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

1,224

 

 

Settlements with taxing authorities

 

 

 

Reduction for lapse of federal statute of limitations

 

(5,387

)

 

Reductions for lapse of state statute of limitations

 

 

(81

)

Balance at December 31

 

$

1,496

 

$

5,659

 

 

19.          Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31 is comprised of the following components:

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of cash flow hedges

 

$

(27,963

)

$

(31,891

)

Prior service credits and net losses on postretirement plans

 

(21,709

)

(24,229

)

 

 

(49,672

)

(56,120

)

Deferred taxes

 

18,201

 

20,580

 

Totals

 

$

(31,471

)

$

(35,540

)

 

The components of comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

32,595

 

$

24,905

 

$

12,504

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior service cost and net loss, net of tax

 

1,572

 

14,022

 

(31,765

)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax

 

2,497

 

9,917

 

(22,078

)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

36,664

 

48,844

 

(41,339

)

Less: comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

557

 

1,030

 

863

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 

$

37,221

 

$

49,874

 

$

(40,476

)

 

20.          Environmental Remediation Liabilities

 

Environmental remediation liabilities were $0.3 million at both December 31, 2010 and 2009 and are included in other liabilities.  These liabilities relate to anticipated remediation and monitoring costs with respect to two small vacant sites and are undiscounted.  The Company believes the amount accrued is adequate to cover the remaining anticipated costs of remediation.

 

21.          Commitments and Contingencies

 

Legal proceedings

 

On April 15, 2008, Salsgiver Inc., a Pennsylvania-based telecommunications company, and certain of its affiliates filed a lawsuit against us and our subsidiaries North Pittsburgh Telephone Company and North Pittsburgh Systems Inc. in the Court of Common Pleas of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania alleging that we have prevented Salsgiver from connecting their fiber optic cables to our utility poles.  Salsgiver seeks compensatory and punitive damages as the result of alleged lost projected profits, damage to its business reputation, and other costs.  It claims to have sustained losses of approximately $125 million, but does not request a specific dollar amount in damages.  We believe that these claims are without merit and that the alleged damages are completely unfounded.  We intend to defend against these claims vigorously.  In the third quarter of 2008, we filed preliminary objections and responses to Salsgiver’s complaint.  However, the court ruled against our preliminary objections.  On November 3, 2008, we responded to Salsgiver’s amended complaint and filed a counter-claim for trespass, alleging that Salsgiver attached cables to our poles without an authorized agreement and in an unsafe manner.  We are currently in the discovery and deposition stage.  In addition, we have asked the FCC Enforcement Bureau to address Salsgiver’s unauthorized pole attachments and safety violations on those attachments.  We believe that these are violations of an FCC order regarding Salsgiver’s complaint against us.  We do not believe that these claims will have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

 

We are from time to time involved in various other legal proceedings and regulatory actions arising out of our operations.  We do not believe that any of these, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results or financial condition

 

Operating leases

 

The Company has entered into several operating leases covering buildings, office space and equipment.  Rent expense totaled $3.4 million in 2010 and $4.2 million in 2009 and 2008.  Future minimum lease payments under existing agreements are as follows: 2011—$2.3 million, 2012—$1.9 million, 2013—$1.2 million, 2014—$0.7 million, 2015—$0.4 and thereafter—$1.8 million.

 

F-38



Table of Contents

 

Other commitments

 

The Company has entered into four operational support systems contracts.  Should we terminate any of the contracts prior to their expiration, we would be liable for minimum commitment payments as defined in the contracts for the remaining term of the contracts.  In addition, we have a contractual obligation for network maintenance.  The total of the Company’s other commitments are due as follows: 2011—$1.3 million, 2012—$0.6 million, 2013—$0.1 million, 2014—$0.1 million, 2015—$0.1 million, and thereafter—$0.1 million.

 

22.          Net Income per Common Share

 

We adopted the FASB’s authoritative guidance on the treatment of participating securities in the calculation of earnings per share on January 1, 2009, and began using the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per share for all periods presented.  The following illustrates the earnings allocation method utilized in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31:

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Earnings Per Share Using Two-class Method:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

33,152

 

$

25,935

 

$

13,367

 

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

557

 

1,030

 

863

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders before allocation of earnings to participating securities

 

32,595

 

24,905

 

12,504

 

Less: earnings allocated to participating securities

 

439

 

309

 

241

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

 

$

32,156

 

$

24,596

 

$

12,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

 

29,490

 

29,396

 

29,321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common share attributable to common stockholders - basic

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted Earnings Per Share Using Two-class Method:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

33,152

 

$

25,935

 

$

13,367

 

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

557

 

1,030

 

863

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders before allocation of earnings to participating securities

 

32,595

 

24,905

 

12,504

 

Less: earnings allocated to participating securities

 

439

 

309

 

241

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

 

$

32,156

 

$

24,596

 

$

12,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (1)

 

29,490

 

29,396

 

29,321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common share attributable to common stockholders - diluted

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.42

 

 


(1)   to the extent that restricted shares are anti-dilutive, they have been excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance.

 

We had additional potential dilutive securities outstanding representing 0.2 million common shares that were not included in the computation of potentially dilutive securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009, because they were anti-dilutive.

 

F-39



Table of Contents

 

23.          Business Segments

 

The Company is viewed and managed as two separate, but highly integrated, reportable business segments: “Telephone Operations” and “Other Operations.”  Telephone Operations consists of a wide range of telecommunications services, including local and long-distance service, DSL Internet access, IPTV, VOIP service, custom calling features, private line services, carrier access services, network capacity services over a regional fiber optic network, mobile services and directory publishing.  The Company also operates two complementary non-core businesses that comprise “Other Operations,” including telephone services to correctional facilities and equipment sales.  Management evaluates the performance of these business segments based upon net revenue, operating income, and income before extraordinary items.

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone operations

 

$

349,612

 

$

364,548

 

$

379,027

 

Other operations

 

33,754

 

41,619

 

39,397

 

Total net revenue

 

383,366

 

406,167

 

418,424

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expense — telephone operations

 

199,077

 

211,068

 

214,519

 

Operating expense — other operations

 

31,250

 

39,166

 

37,813

 

Operating expense — impairment charge

 

 

 

6,050

 

Total operating expense

 

230,327

 

250,234

 

258,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense — telephone operations

 

86,270

 

84,018

 

90,394

 

Depreciation and amortization expense — other operations

 

872

 

1,209

 

1,284

 

Total depreciation expense

 

87,142

 

85,227

 

91,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income — telephone operations

 

64,265

 

69,462

 

74,114

 

Operating income - other operations

 

1,632

 

1,244

 

(5,750

)

Total operating income

 

65,897

 

70,706

 

68,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net of interest income

 

(50,740

)

(57,935

)

(66,292

)

Investment income

 

27,744

 

25,770

 

20,495

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

(9,224

)

Other, net

 

(758

)

(207

)

(577

)

Income before taxes and extraordinary item

 

$

42,143

 

$

38,334

 

$

12,766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone operations

 

$

41,620

 

$

41,853

 

$

47,181

 

Other operations

 

169

 

499

 

846

 

Total

 

$

41,789

 

$

42,352

 

$

48,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone operations

 

$

519,528

 

$

519,528

 

$

519,528

 

Other operations

 

1,034

 

1,034

 

1,034

 

Total

 

$

520,562

 

$

520,562

 

$

520,562

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone operations (1)

 

$

1,201,545

 

$

1,214,329

 

$

1,227,320

 

Other operations

 

8,001

 

12,278

 

14,306

 

Total

 

$

1,209,546

 

$

1,226,607

 

$

1,241,626

 

 


(1)            Included within the telephone operations segment assets are our equity method investments totaling $49.6 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and $46.8 million at December 31, 2008.

 

F-40



Table of Contents

 

24.          Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

September 30

 

December 31

 

2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

98,302

 

$

95,737

 

$

95,576

 

$

93,751

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of services and products

 

35,940

 

35,649

 

36,371

 

34,342

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

22,803

 

21,390

 

21,686

 

22,146

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

21,542

 

21,460

 

21,918

 

22,222

 

Total operating expense

 

80,285

 

78,499

 

79,975

 

78,710

 

Operating income

 

18,017

 

17,238

 

15,601

 

15,041

 

Other expenses, net

 

6,539

 

6,427

 

4,683

 

6,105

 

Income before income taxes

 

11,478

 

10,811

 

10,918

 

8,936

 

Income tax expense/(benefit)

 

4,427

 

3,638

 

(1,049

)

1,975

 

Net income

 

7,051

 

7,173

 

11,967

 

6,961

 

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

131

 

124

 

130

 

172

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

 

$

6,920

 

$

7,049

 

$

11,837

 

$

6,789

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. common stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.23

 

Diluted

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

101,710

 

$

102,042

 

$

101,590

 

$

100,825

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of services and products

 

36,100

 

36,344

 

36,151

 

36,865

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

27,877

 

25,850

 

25,600

 

25,447

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

21,677

 

20,981

 

21,341

 

21,228

 

Total operating expense

 

85,654

 

83,175

 

83,092

 

83,540

 

Income from operations

 

16,056

 

18,867

 

18,498

 

17,285

 

Other expenses, net

 

9,973

 

6,022

 

8.721

 

7,656

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

6,083

 

12,845

 

9,777

 

9,629

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

2,386

 

5,186

 

2,494

 

2,333

 

Net income

 

3,697

 

7,659

 

7,283

 

7,296

 

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

407

 

136

 

226

 

261

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders

 

$

3,290

 

$

7,523

 

$

7,057

 

$

7,035

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. common stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.24

 

Diluted

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.24

 

 

25.          Subsequent Events

 

On March 2, 2011, our employees belonging to the Communications Workers of America Local 6218 approved a new three year contract with the Company, effective as of March 1, 2011 and expiring on February 28, 2014, which covers 38 bargained for employees at our Katy, TX location.

 

F-41



Table of Contents

 

Schedule II—Valuation Reserves is set forth below.

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

1,796

 

$

1,908

 

$

2,440

 

Provision charged to expense

 

5,963

 

4,812

 

4,819

 

Write-offs, less recoveries

 

(5,065

)

(4,924

)

(5,351

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

2,694

 

$

1,796

 

$

1,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

701

 

$

878

 

$

400

 

Provision charged to expense

 

163

 

542

 

597

 

Write-offs, less recoveries

 

(469

)

(719

)

(119

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

395

 

$

701

 

$

878

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax valuation allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,871

 

North Pittsburgh adjustment to goodwill

 

 

 

(1,530

)

Reduction of related deferred tax asset

 

 

 

(1,341

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

F-42



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Partners of Pennsylvania RSA 6 (II) Limited Partnership:

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Pennsylvania RSA 6 (II) Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related statements of operations, changes in partners’ capital, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Partnership is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

 

Atlanta, GA

 

March 4, 2011

 

 

F-43



Table of Contents

 

Pennsylvania RSA 6 (II) Limited Partnership

 

Balance Sheets - As of December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $245 and $184

 

$

8,083

 

$

8,627

 

Unbilled revenue

 

1,038

 

873

 

Due from affiliate

 

10,941

 

9,741

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

22

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

20,084

 

19,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT—Net

 

11,908

 

11,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

81

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

32,073

 

$

31,362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

2,781

 

$

2,372

 

Advance billings and customer deposits

 

3,119

 

2,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

5,900

 

4,881

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG TERM LIABILITIES

 

274

 

203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

6,174

 

5,084

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (see Notes 6 and 7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

 

25,899

 

26,278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

 

$

32,073

 

$

31,362

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-44



Table of Contents

 

Pennsylvania RSA 6 (II) Limited Partnership

 

Statements of Operations - Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service revenue

 

$

101,143

 

$

92,054

 

$

83,807

 

Equipment and other

 

18,986

 

23,616

 

24,652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

 

120,129

 

115,670

 

108,459

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of service (exclusive of items shown below)

 

37,846

 

32,875

 

31,276

 

Cost of equipment

 

16,385

 

23,183

 

25,329

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

30,384

 

28,396

 

26,566

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,445

 

2,376

 

2,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

 

87,060

 

86,830

 

85,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

33,069

 

28,840

 

23,111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST INCOME, NET

 

552

 

455

 

235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

$

33,621

 

$

29,295

 

$

23,346

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allocation of Net Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Limited Partners

 

$

13,563

 

$

11,817

 

$

9,417

 

General Partner

 

$

20,058

 

$

17,478

 

$

13,929

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-45



Table of Contents

 

Pennsylvania RSA 6 (II) Limited Partnership

 

Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital - Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

General
Partner

 

Limited Partners

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Venus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Communications

 

Cellular

 

Total

 

 

 

Cellco

 

Enterprise

 

Telephone

 

Partners’

 

 

 

Partnership

 

Services, Inc. (Note 1)

 

Services, Inc.

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE—January 1, 2008

 

$

12,908

 

$

5,122

 

$

3,607

 

$

21,637

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions

 

(13,125

)

(5,207

)

(3,668

)

(22,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

13,929

 

5,525

 

3,892

 

23,346

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2008

 

13,712

 

5,440

 

3,831

 

22,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions

 

(15,512

)

(6,154

)

(4,334

)

(26,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

17,478

 

6,934

 

4,883

 

29,295

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2009

 

15,678

 

6,220

 

4,380

 

26,278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions

 

(20,284

)

(8,048

)

(5,668

)

(34,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

20,058

 

7,958

 

5,605

 

33,621

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2010

 

$

15,452

 

$

6,130

 

$

4,317

 

$

25,899

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-46



Table of Contents

 

Pennsylvania RSA 6 (II) Limited Partnership

 

Statements of Cash Flows - Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

33,621

 

$

29,295

 

$

23,346

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,445

 

2,376

 

2,177

 

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

 

584

 

391

 

483

 

Changes in certain assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(40

)

(1,054

)

(1,809

)

Unbilled revenue

 

(165

)

(89

)

(57

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(2

)

(3

)

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

386

 

212

 

58

 

Advance billings and customer deposits

 

610

 

117

 

295

 

Long term liabilities

 

71

 

16

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

37,510

 

31,261

 

24,520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures, net

 

(2,310

)

(1,932

)

(2,453

)

Purchase of customers from an affiliate

 

 

 

 

(182

)

Change in due from affiliate, net

 

(1,200

)

(3,329

)

115

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(3,510

)

(5,261

)

(2,520

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions to partners

 

(34,000

)

(26,000

)

(22,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(34,000

)

(26,000

)

(22,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGE IN CASH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH—Beginning of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH—End of year

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NONCASH TRANSACTIONS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruals for Capital Expenditures

 

$

25

 

$

2

 

$

15

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-47



Table of Contents

 

Pennsylvania RSA 6 (II) Limited Partnership

 

Notes to Financial Statements - Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

1.                       ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

 

Pennsylvania RSA 6 (II) Limited Partnership Pennsylvania RSA 6 (II) Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”) was formed in 1991. The principal activity of the Partnership is providing cellular service in the Pennsylvania 6 (II) rural service area. Under the terms of the partnership agreement, the partnership expires on January 31, 2091.

 

The partners and their respective ownership percentages as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

General Partner:

 

 

 

Cellco Partnership* (“General Partner”)

 

59.66

%

 

 

 

 

Limited Partners:

 

 

 

Consolidated Communications Enterprise Services, Inc.**

 

23.67

%

Venus Cellular Telephone Services, Inc

 

16.67

%

 


* Cellco Partnership (“Cellco”) doing business as Verizon Wireless.

 

**Consolidated Communications Enterprise Services, Inc. (CCES) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Consolidated Communications, Inc.

 

2.                       SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used for, but are not limited to, the accounting for: allocations, allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable, unbilled revenue, depreciation and amortization, useful lives and impairment of assets, accrued expenses, and contingencies.

 

Revenue Recognition — The Partnership earns revenue by providing access to its network (access revenue) and usage of its network (usage revenue), which includes voice and data revenue. Customers are associated with the Partnership based upon mobile identification number. In general, access revenue is billed one month in advance and is recognized when earned; the unearned portion is classified in Advance billings in the balance sheet. Usage revenue is recognized when service is rendered and included in Unbilled revenue until billed. Equipment sales revenue associated with the sale of wireless devices and related equipment costs are recognized when the products are delivered to and accepted by the customer, as this is considered to be a separate earnings process from the sale of wireless services. Customer activation fees charged to customers are considered additional consideration and are recorded in Equipment and other revenue, generally, at the time of customer acceptance. For agreements involving the resale

 

F-48



Table of Contents

 

of third-party services in which the Partnership is considered the primary obligor in the arrangements, the Partnership records revenue gross at the time of sale. The roaming rates charged by the Partnership to Cellco do not necessarily reflect current market rates. The Partnership will continue to re-evaluate the rates on a periodic basis (See Note 5).

 

The Partnership reports taxes imposed by governmental authorities on revenue-producing transactions between us and our customers on a net basis.

 

Cellular service revenues resulting from a cellsite agreement with Cellco are recognized based upon a rate per minute of use (See Note 5).

 

Operating Costs and Expenses — Operating expenses include expenses incurred directly by the Partnership, as well as an allocation of selling, general and administrative, and operating costs incurred by Cellco or its affiliates on behalf of the Partnership. Employees of Cellco provide services performed on behalf of the Partnership. These employees are not employees of the Partnership, therefore operating expenses include direct and allocated charges of salary and employee benefit costs for the services provided to the Partnership. Cellco believes such allocations, principally based on the Partnership’s percentage of total customers, customer gross additions or minutes-of-use, are reasonable. The roaming rates charged to the Partnership by Cellco do not necessarily reflect current market rates. The Partnership will continue to re-evaluate the rates on a periodic basis (See Note 5).

 

Retail Stores— The daily operations of all retail stores located within the Partnership’s operating area are managed by Cellco. However, all fixed assets, liabilities, income and expenses related to these retail stores are recorded in the financial statements of the Partnership.

 

Income Taxes — The Partnership is not a taxable entity for federal and state income tax purposes. Any taxable income or loss is apportioned to the partners based on their respective partnership interests and is reported by them individually.

 

Inventory — Inventory is owned by Cellco and is not recorded on the Partnership’s financial statements. Upon sale, the related cost of the inventory is transferred to the Partnership at Cellco’s cost basis and included in the accompanying statements of operations.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts — The Partnership maintains allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. Estimates are based on the aging of the accounts receivable balances and the historical write-off experience, net of recoveries.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment primarily represents costs incurred to construct and expand capacity and network coverage on mobile telephone switching offices and cell sites. The cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated over its estimated useful life using the straight-line method of accounting. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the related lease. Major improvements to existing plant and equipment are capitalized. Routine maintenance and repairs that do not extend the life of the plant and equipment are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Upon the sale or retirement of property, plant and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are eliminated and any related gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations. All property, plant and equipment purchases are made through an

 

F-49



Table of Contents

 

affiliate of Cellco. Transfers of property, plant and equipment between Cellco and affiliates are recorded at net book value.

 

Interest expense and network engineering costs incurred during the construction phase of the Partnership’s network and real estate properties under development are capitalized as part of property, plant and equipment and recorded as construction in progress until the projects are completed and placed into service.

 

Other Assets — Other assets consist of a customer list acquired in 2008. The Partnership amortizes the customer list over its expected useful life of 6 years using a method consistent with historical customer turnover rates. As of December 31, 2010, the gross carrying value is $182 and the accumulated amortization is $101. As of December 31, 2010, the scheduled amortization of the customer list for the next three years is $27 for the years 2011 through 2013.

 

FCC Licenses — The Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) issues licenses that authorize cellular carriers to provide service in specific cellular geographic service areas. The FCC grants licenses for terms of up to ten years. In 1993 the FCC adopted specific standards to apply to cellular renewals, concluding it will award a license renewal to a cellular licensee that meets certain standards of past performance. Historically, the FCC has granted license renewals routinely and at nominal costs, which are expensed as incurred.All wireless licenses issued by the FCC that authorize the Partnership to provide cellular services are recorded on the books of Cellco. The current term of the Partnership’s FCC license expires in April 2017 and October 2020. Cellco believes it will be able to meet all requirements necessary to secure renewal of the Partnership’s cellular license.

 

Valuation of Assets — Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. The impairment loss would be measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.

 

Cellco re-evaluates the useful life determination for wireless licenses at least annually to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. Moreover, Cellco has determined that there are currently no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that limit the useful life of the Partnership’s wireless licenses.

 

Cellco tests its wireless licenses for potential impairment annually, and more frequently if indications of impairment exist. Cellco evaluates its licenses on an aggregate basis, using a direct income-based value approach.  This approach estimates fair value using a discounted cash flow analysis to estimate what a marketplace participant would be willing to pay to purchase the aggregated wireless licenses as of the valuation date.  If the fair value of the aggregated wireless licenses is less than the aggregated carrying amount of the wireless licenses, an impairment is recognized. In addition, Cellco believes that under the Partnership agreement it has the right to allocate, based on a reasonable methodology, any impairment loss recognized by Cellco for all licenses included in Cellco’s national footprint. Cellco does not charge the Partnership for the use of any FCC license recorded on its books (except for the annual cost of $31 related to the spectrum lease). Cellco evaluated its wireless licenses for potential impairment as of December 

 

F-50



Table of Contents

 

15, 2010 and December 15, 2009. These evaluations resulted in no impairment of wireless licenses.

 

Concentrations — The Partnership maintains allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. Estimates are based on historical net write-off experience. No single customer receivable is large enough to present a significant financial risk to the partnership.

 

Cellco and the Partnership rely on local and long-distance telephone companies, some of which are related parties (See Note 5), and other companies to provide certain communication services. Although management believes alternative telecommunications facilities could be found in a timely manner, any disruption of these services could potentially have a material adverse impact on the Partnership’s operating results.

 

Although Cellco attempts to maintain multiple vendors for its network assets and inventory, which are important components of its operations, they are currently acquired from only a few sources. Certain of these products are in turn utilized by the Partnership and are important components of the Partnership’s operations. If the suppliers are unable to meet Cellco’s needs as it builds out its network infrastructure and sells service and equipment, delays and increased costs in the expansion of the Partnership’s network infrastructure or losses of potential customers could result, which would adversely affect operating results.

 

Financial Instruments — The Partnership’s trade receivables and payables are short-term in nature, and accordingly, their carrying value approximates fair value.

 

Due from affiliate — Due from affiliate principally represents the Partnership’s cash position with Cellco. Cellco manages, on behalf of the Partnership, all cash, inventory, investing and financing activities of the Partnership. As such, the change in due from affiliate is reflected as an investing activity or a financing activity in the statements of cash flows depending on whether it represents a net asset or net liability for the Partnership.

 

Additionally, administrative and operating costs incurred by Cellco on behalf of the Partnership, as well as property, plant and equipment transactions with affiliates, are charged to the Partnership through this account. Interest income or interest expense is based on the average monthly outstanding balance in this account and is calculated by applying Cellco’s average cost of borrowing from Verizon Communications, Inc., which was approximately 5.8%, 5.8% and 4.0% for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Included in net interest income is interest income of $556, $460 and $240 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to due from affiliate.

 

Distributions — The Partnership is required to make distributions to its partners based upon the Partnership’s operating results, cash availability and financing needs as determined by the General Partner at the date of distribution.

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards — On January 1, 2010, the Partnership adopted the accounting standard update regarding fair value measurements and disclosures which requires additional disclosures regarding assets and liabilities measured at fair value. The adoption of this standard update did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

 

In July 2010, the accounting standard update regarding disclosures for finance receivables and allowances for credit losses was issued. This standard update requires that entities disclose

 

F-51



Table of Contents

 

information at more disaggregated levels than currently required. The Partnership adopted this standard update during the fourth quarter of 2010. The adoption of this standard update did not have an impact on the financial statements.

 

Recent Accounting Standards — On January 1, 2011, the Partnership prospectively adopted the accounting standard update regarding revenue recognition for multiple deliverable arrangements. This method allows a vendor to allocate revenue in an arrangement using its best estimate of selling price if neither vendor specific objective evidence nor third party evidence of selling price exists. Accordingly, the residual method of revenue allocation is no longer permissible. The adoption of this standard update is not expected to have a significant impact on the financial statements.

 

On January 1, 2011, the Partnership prospectively adopted the accounting standard update regarding revenue recognition for arrangements that include software elements.  This requires tangible products that contain software and non-software elements that work together to deliver the products’ essential functionality to be evaluated under the accounting standard regarding multiple deliverable arrangements. The adoption of this standard update is not expected to have an impact on the financial statements.

 

3.                       PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings and improvements (10-40 years)

 

$

6,536

 

$

6,321

 

Wireless plant and equipment (3-15 years)

 

21,872

 

20,401

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment (2-5 years)

 

538

 

550

 

Leasehold improvements (5 years)

 

1,411

 

1,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,357

 

28,655

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

18,449

 

16,662

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

11,908

 

$

11,993

 

 

Capitalized network engineering costs of $107 and $89 were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Construction in progress included in certain classifications shown above, principally wireless plant equipment, amounted to $754 and $207 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

4.                       CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

F-52



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

2,387

 

$

1,983

 

Accrued liabilities

 

394

 

389

 

Accounts payable and accrued libilities

 

$

2,781

 

$

2,372

 

 

Advance billings and customer deposits consist of the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advance billings

 

$

3,033

 

$

2,357

 

Customer deposits

 

86

 

152

 

Advance billings and customer deposits

 

$

3,119

 

$

2,509

 

 

5.                       TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES AND RELATED PARTIES

 

In addition to fixed asset purchases (see Note 2), substantially all of service revenues, equipment and other revenues, cost of service, cost of equipment, and selling, general and administrative expenses represent transactions processed by affiliates (Cellco and its related parties) on behalf of the Partnership or represent transactions with affiliates.  These transactions consist of revenues and expenses that pertain to the Partnership which are processed by Cellco and directly attributed to or directly charged to the Partnership.  They also include certain revenues and expenses that are processed or incurred by Cellco which are allocated to the Partnership based on factors such as the Partnership’s percentage of customers, gross customer additions, or minutes of use.  These transactions do not necessarily represent arms length transactions.

 

Service revenues - Service revenues include monthly customer billings processed by Cellco on behalf of the Partnership and roaming revenues relating to customers of other affiliated markets that are specifically identified to the Partnership.  Service revenue also includes long distance, data, and certain revenue reductions including revenue concessions that are processed by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco.

 

Equipment and other revenues - Equipment revenue includes equipment sales processed by Cellco and specifically identified to the Partnership, as well as certain handset and accessory revenues, contra-revenues including equipment concessions, and coupon rebates that are processed by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco.  Other revenues include cell sharing revenue, and other fees and surcharges charged to the customer that are specifically identified to the Partnership.

 

Cost of Service - Cost of service includes roaming costs relating to customers roaming in other affiliated markets and cell sharing costs that are specifically identified to the Partnership.  Cost of service also includes cost of telecom, long distance and application content that are incurred by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco.

 

Cost of equipment - Cost of equipment includes the cost of inventory specifically identified and transferred to the Partnership (see Note 2). Cost of equipment also includes certain costs related to

 

F-53



Table of Contents

 

handsets, accessories and other costs incurred by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco.

 

Selling, general and administrative - Selling, general and administrative expenses include commissions, customer billing, office telecom, customer care, salaries, sales and marketing and advertising expenses that are specifically identified to the Partnership as well as incurred by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco.

 

6.                       COMMITMENTS

 

Cellco, on behalf of the Partnership, and the Partnership itself have entered into operating leases for facilities, equipment and spectrum used in its operations. Lease contracts include renewal options that include rent expense adjustments based on the Consumer Price Index as well as annual and end-of-lease term adjustments. Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis. The noncancellable lease term used to calculate the amount of the straight-line rent expense is generally determined to be the initial lease term, including any optional renewal terms that are reasonably assured. Leasehold improvements related to these operating leases are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the noncancellable lease term. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Partnership recognized a total of $1,265, $1,188 and $1,100, respectively, as rent expense related to these operating leases, which was included in cost of service and general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations. Aggregate future minimum rental commitments under noncancellable operating leases, excluding renewal options that are not reasonably assured, for the years shown are as follows:

 

Years

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

$

1,107

 

2012

 

1,033

 

2013

 

985

 

2014

 

835

 

2015

 

811

 

2016 and thereafter

 

7,413

 

 

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

 

$

12,184

 

 

From time to time Cellco enters into purchase commitments, primarily for network equipment, on behalf of the Partnership. These represent legal obligations of Cellco.

 

7.                       CONTINGENCIES

 

Cellco is subject to lawsuits and other claims including class actions, product liability, patent infringement, intellectual property, antitrust, partnership disputes, and claims involving relations with resellers and agents. Cellco is also defending lawsuits filed against itself and other participants in the wireless industry alleging various adverse effects as a result of wireless phone usage. Various consumer class action lawsuits allege that Cellco violated certain state consumer protection laws and other statutes and defrauded customers through misleading billing practices or statements. These matters may involve indemnification obligations by third parties and/or

 

F-54



Table of Contents

 

 

affiliated parties covering all or part of any potential damage awards against Cellco and the Partnership and/or insurance coverage. All of the above matters are subject to many uncertainties, and outcomes are not predictable with assurance.

 

The Partnership may be allocated a portion of the damages that may result upon adjudication of these matters if the claimants prevail in their actions. Consequently, the ultimate liability with respect to these matters as of December 31, 2010 cannot be ascertained. The potential effect, if any, on the financial statements of the Partnership, in the period in which these matters are resolved, may be material.

 

In addition to the aforementioned matters, Cellco is subject to various other legal actions and claims in the normal course of business. While Cellco’s legal counsel cannot give assurance as to the outcome of each of these matters, in management’s opinion, based on the advice of such legal counsel, the ultimate liability with respect to any of these actions, or all of them combined, will not materially affect the financial statements of the Partnership.

 

8.                       RECONCILIATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

Balance at

 

Additions

 

Write-offs

 

Balance at

 

 

 

Beginning

 

Charged to

 

Net of

 

End

 

 

 

of the Year

 

Operations

 

Recoveries

 

of the Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable Allowances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

184

 

$

584

 

$

(523

)

$

245

 

2009

 

225

 

391

 

(432

)

184

 

2008

 

154

 

483

 

(412

)

225

 

 

******

 

F-55



Table of Contents

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Partners of GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership:

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related statements of operations, changes in partners’ capital, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Partnership is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

 

Atlanta, GA

 

March 4, 2011

 

 

F-56



Table of Contents

 

 

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership

 

Balance Sheets - As of December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $574 and $480

 

$

3,924

 

$

3,735

 

Unbilled revenue

 

1,794

 

1,521

 

Due from affiliate

 

12,973

 

14,469

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

17

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

18,708

 

19,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT—Net

 

56,716

 

54,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

75,424

 

$

74,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

3,363

 

$

2,589

 

Advance billings and customer deposits

 

1,124

 

997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

4,487

 

3,586

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG TERM LIABILITIES

 

531

 

370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

5,018

 

3,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (see Notes 6 and 7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

 

70,406

 

70,457

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

 

$

75,424

 

$

74,413

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-57



Table of Contents

 

 

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership

 

Statements of Operations - Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service revenue

 

$

80,160

 

$

69,844

 

$

55,376

 

Equipment and other

 

4,669

 

4,381

 

5,081

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

 

84,829

 

74,225

 

60,457

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of service (exclusive of items shown below)

 

23,688

 

18,908

 

17,327

 

Cost of equipment

 

7,852

 

7,537

 

6,609

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

17,839

 

16,925

 

16,132

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

8,294

 

7,362

 

6,013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

 

57,673

 

50,732

 

46,081

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

27,156

 

23,493

 

14,376

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST INCOME, NET

 

793

 

637

 

142

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

$

27,949

 

$

24,130

 

$

14,518

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allocation of Net Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Limited Partners

 

$

22,359

 

$

19,303

 

$

11,614

 

General Partner

 

$

5,590

 

$

4,827

 

$

2,904

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-58



Table of Contents

 

 

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership

 

Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital - Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

General
Partner

 

Limited Partners

 

 

 

San
Antonio
MTA, L.P.

 

Eastex
Telecom
Investments,
L.P.

 

Telecom
Supply, Inc.

 

Consolidated
Communications
Enterprise
Services, Inc.
(Note 1)

 

ALLTEL
Communications
Investments, Inc.

 

San
Antonio
MTA, L.P.

 

Total
Partners’
Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE—January 1, 2008

 

$

9,762

 

$

8,308

 

$

8,308

 

$

8,308

 

$

8,308

 

$

5,815

 

$

48,809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions

 

(1,000

)

(851

)

(851

)

(851

)

(851

)

(596

)

(5,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

2,904

 

2,471

 

2,471

 

2,471

 

2,471

 

1,730

 

14,518

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2008

 

11,666

 

9,928

 

9,928

 

9,928

 

9,928

 

6,949

 

58,327

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions

 

(2,401

)

(2,042

)

(2,042

)

(2,042

)

(2,042

)

(1,431

)

(12,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

4,827

 

4,107

 

4,107

 

4,107

 

4,107

 

2,875

 

24,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2009

 

14,092

 

11,993

 

11,993

 

11,993

 

11,993

 

8,393

 

70,457

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions

 

(5,600

)

(4,766

)

(4,766

)

(4,766

)

(4,766

)

(3,336

)

(28,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

5,590

 

4,757

 

4,757

 

4,757

 

4,757

 

3,331

 

27,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2010

 

$

14,082

 

$

11,984

 

$

11,984

 

$

11,984

 

$

11,984

 

$

8,388

 

$

70,406

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-59



Table of Contents

 

 

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership

 

Statements of Cash Flows - Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

27,949

 

$

24,130

 

$

14,518

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

8,294

 

7,362

 

6,013

 

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

 

1,172

 

1,014

 

936

 

Changes in certain assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(1,361

)

(1,361

)

(1,318

)

Unbilled revenue

 

(273

)

(470

)

(99

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(1

)

4

 

(12

)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

244

 

645

 

542

 

Advance billings and customer deposits

 

127

 

57

 

167

 

Other long term liabilities

 

161

 

35

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

36,312

 

31,416

 

20,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures, net

 

(9,808

)

(11,267

)

(16,895

)

Change in due from affiliate, net

 

1,496

 

(8,149

)

1,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(8,312

)

(19,416

)

(15,812

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions to partners

 

(28,000

)

(12,000

)

(5,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(28,000

)

(12,000

)

(5,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGE IN CASH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH—Beginning of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH—End of year

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NONCASH TRANSACTIONS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruals for Capital Expenditures

 

$

778

 

$

249

 

$

178

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-60



Table of Contents

 

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership

 

Notes to Financial Statements - Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

1.                          ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

 

GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership GTE Mobilnet of Texas #17 Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”) was formed in 1989. The principal activity of the Partnership is providing cellular service in the Texas #17 rural service area.

 

The partners and their respective ownership percentages as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

General Partner:

 

 

 

San Antonio MTA, L.P.*

 

20.0000

%

 

 

 

 

Limited Partners:

 

 

 

Eastex Telecom Investments, L.P.

 

17.0213

%

Telecom Supply, Inc.

 

17.0213

%

Consolidated Communications Enterprise Services, Inc.**

 

17.0213

%

ALLTEL Communications Investments, Inc. *

 

17.0213

%

San Antonio MTA, L.P.*

 

11.9148

%

 


*San Antonio MTA, L.P. (“General Partner”) and ALLTEL Communications Investments, Inc. are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Cellco Partnership (“Cellco”) doing business as Verizon Wireless.

**Consolidated Communications Enterprise Services, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Consolidated Communications, Inc.

 

2.                       SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used for, but are not limited to, the accounting for: allocations, allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable, unbilled revenue, depreciation and amortization, useful lives and impairment of assets, accrued expenses, and contingencies.

 

Revenue Recognition — The Partnership earns revenue by providing access to its network (access revenue) and usage of its network (usage revenue), which includes voice and data revenue. Customers are associated with the Partnership based upon mobile identification number. In general, access revenue is billed one month in advance and is recognized when earned; the unearned portion is classified in Advance billings in the balance sheet. Usage revenue is recognized when service is rendered and included in Unbilled revenue until billed. Equipment sales revenue associated with the sale of wireless devices and related equipment costs are recognized when the products are delivered to and accepted by the customer, as this is considered to be a separate earnings process from the sale of wireless services. Customer activation fees charged to customers are considered additional consideration and are recorded in Equipment and other revenue, generally, at the time of customer acceptance. For agreements involving the resale

 

F-61



Table of Contents

 

of third-party services in which the Partnership is considered the primary obligor in the arrangements, the Partnership records revenue gross at the time of sale. The roaming rates charged by the Partnership to Cellco do not necessarily reflect current market rates. The Partnership will continue to re-evaluate the rates on a periodic basis (See Note 5).

 

The Partnership reports taxes imposed by governmental authorities on revenue-producing transactions between us and our customers on a net basis.

 

Operating Costs and Expenses — Operating expenses include expenses incurred directly by the Partnership, as well as an allocation of selling, general and administrative, and operating costs incurred by Cellco or its affiliates on behalf of the Partnership. Employees of Cellco provide services performed on behalf of the Partnership. These employees are not employees of the Partnership, therefore operating expenses include direct and allocated charges of salary and employee benefit costs for the services provided to the Partnership. Cellco believes such allocations, principally based on the Partnership’s percentage of total customers, customer gross additions or minutes-of-use, are reasonable. The roaming rates charged to the Partnership by Cellco do not necessarily reflect current market rates. The Partnership will continue to re-evaluate the rates on a periodic basis (See Note 5).

 

Income Taxes — The Partnership is not a taxable entity for federal and state income tax purposes. Any taxable income or loss is apportioned to the partners based on their respective partnership interests and is reported by them individually.

 

Inventory — Inventory is owned by Cellco and is not recorded on the Partnership’s financial statements. Upon sale, the related cost of the inventory is transferred to the Partnership at Cellco’s cost basis and included in the accompanying statements of operations.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts — The Partnership maintains allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. Estimates are based on the aging of the accounts receivable balances and the historical write-off experience, net of recoveries.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment primarily represents costs incurred to construct and expand capacity and network coverage on mobile telephone switching offices and cell sites. The cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated over its estimated useful life using the straight-line method of accounting. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the related lease. Major improvements to existing plant and equipment are capitalized. Routine maintenance and repairs that do not extend the life of the plant and equipment are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Upon the sale or retirement of property, plant and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are eliminated and any related gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations. All property, plant and equipment purchases are made through an affiliate of Cellco. Transfers of property, plant and equipment between Cellco and affiliates are recorded at net book value.

 

Interest expense and network engineering costs incurred during the construction phase of the Partnership’s network and real estate properties under development are capitalized as part of property, plant and equipment and recorded as construction in progress until the projects are completed and placed into service.

 

F-62



Table of Contents

 

FCC Licenses — The Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) issues licenses that authorize cellular carriers to provide service in specific cellular geographic service areas. The FCC grants licenses for terms of up to ten years. In 1993 the FCC adopted specific standards to apply to cellular renewals, concluding it will award a license renewal to a cellular licensee that meets certain standards of past performance. Historically, the FCC has granted license renewals routinely and at nominal costs, which are expensed as incurred. All wireless licenses issued by the FCC that authorize the Partnership to provide cellular services are recorded on the books of Cellco. The current term of the Partnership’s FCC license expires in December 2019. Cellco believes it will be able to meet all requirements necessary to secure renewal of the Partnership’s cellular license.

 

Valuation of Assets — Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. The impairment loss would be measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.

 

Cellco re-evaluates the useful life determination for wireless licenses at least annually to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. Moreover, Cellco has determined that there are currently no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that limit the useful life of the Partnership’s wireless licenses.

 

Cellco tests its wireless licenses for potential impairment annually, and more frequently if indications of impairment exist. Cellco evaluates its licenses on an aggregate basis, using a direct income-based value approach.  This approach estimates fair value using a discounted cash flow analysis to estimate what a marketplace participant would be willing to pay to purchase the aggregated wireless licenses as of the valuation date.  If the fair value of the aggregated wireless licenses is less than the aggregated carrying amount of the wireless licenses, an impairment is recognized. In addition, Cellco believes that under the Partnership agreement it has the right to allocate, based on a reasonable methodology, any impairment loss recognized by Cellco for all licenses included in Cellco’s national footprint. Cellco does not charge the Partnership for the use of any FCC license recorded on its books (except for the annual cost of $76 related to the spectrum lease). Cellco evaluated its wireless licenses for potential impairment as of December 15, 2010 and December 15, 2009. These evaluations resulted in no impairment of wireless licenses.

 

Concentrations — The Partnership maintains allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. Estimates are based on historical net write-off experience. No single customer receivable is large enough to present a significant financial risk to the partnership.

 

Cellco and the Partnership rely on local and long-distance telephone companies, some of which are related parties (See Note 5), and other companies to provide certain communication services. Although management believes alternative telecommunications facilities could be found in a timely manner, any disruption of these services could potentially have a material adverse impact on the Partnership’s operating results.

 

F-63



Table of Contents

 

Although Cellco attempts to maintain multiple vendors for its network assets and inventory, which are important components of its operations, they are currently acquired from only a few sources. Certain of these products are in turn utilized by the Partnership and are important components of the Partnership’s operations. If the suppliers are unable to meet Cellco’s needs as it builds out its network infrastructure and sells service and equipment, delays and increased costs in the expansion of the Partnership’s network infrastructure or losses of potential customers could result, which would adversely affect operating results.

 

Financial Instruments — The Partnership’s trade receivables and payables are short-term in nature, and accordingly, their carrying value approximates fair value.

 

Due from affiliate — Due from affiliate principally represents the Partnership’s cash position with Cellco. Cellco manages, on behalf of the Partnership, all cash, inventory, investing and financing activities of the Partnership. As such, the change in due from affiliate is reflected as an investing activity or a financing activity in the statements of cash flows depending on whether it represents a net asset or net liability for the Partnership.

 

Additionally, administrative and operating costs incurred by Cellco on behalf of the Partnership, as well as property, plant and equipment transactions with affiliates, are charged to the Partnership through this account. Interest income or interest expense is based on the average monthly outstanding balance in this account and is calculated by applying Cellco’s average cost of borrowing from Verizon Communications, Inc., which was approximately 5.8%, 5.8% and 4.0% for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Included in net interest income is interest income of $796, $644 and $148 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to due from affiliate.

 

Distributions — The Partnership is required to make distributions to its partners based upon its Partnership’s operating results, cash availability and financing needs as determined by the General Partner at the date of distribution.

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards — On January 1, 2010, the Partnership adopted the accounting standard update regarding fair value measurements and disclosures which requires additional disclosures regarding assets and liabilities measured at fair value. The adoption of this standard update did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

 

In July 2010, the accounting standard update regarding disclosures for finance receivables and allowances for credit losses was issued. This standard update requires that entities disclose information at more disaggregated levels than currently required. The Partnership adopted this standard update during the fourth quarter of 2010. The adoption of this standard update did not have an impact on the financial statements.

 

Recent Accounting Standards - On January 1, 2011, the Partnership prospectively adopted the accounting standard update regarding revenue recognition for multiple deliverable arrangements. This method allows a vendor to allocate revenue in an arrangement using its best estimate of selling price if neither vendor specific objective evidence nor third party evidence of selling price exists. Accordingly, the residual method of revenue allocation is no longer permissible. The adoption of this standard update is not expected to have a significant impact on the financial statements.

 

On January 1, 2011, the Partnership prospectively adopted the accounting standard update regarding revenue recognition for arrangements that include software elements.  This requires

 

F-64



Table of Contents

 

tangible products that contain software and non-software elements that work together to deliver the products’ essential functionality to be evaluated under the accounting standard regarding multiple deliverable arrangements. The adoption of this standard update is not expected to have an impact on the financial statements.

 

3.                       PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings and improvements (20-40 years)

 

$

21,553

 

$

20,327

 

Wireless plant and equipment (3-15 years)

 

68,898

 

62,324

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment (2-10 years)

 

87

 

76

 

Leasehold improvements (5 years)

 

4,695

 

3,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95,233

 

86,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

38,517

 

31,772

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

56,716

 

$

54,672

 

 

Capitalized network engineering costs of $671 and $641 were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Construction in progress included in certain classifications shown above, principally wireless plant and equipment, amounted to $5,715 and $5,887 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

4.                       CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,376

 

$

787

 

Non-income based taxes and regulatory fees

 

$

1,093

 

$

1,081

 

Texas margin tax payable

 

$

454

 

$

370

 

Accrued commissions

 

440

 

351

 

Accounts payable and accrued libilities

 

$

3,363

 

$

2,589

 

 

Advance billings and customer deposits consist of the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advance billings

 

$

1,020

 

$

819

 

Customer deposits

 

104

 

178

 

Advance billings and customer deposits

 

$

1,124

 

$

997

 

 

F-65



Table of Contents

 

5.                       TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES AND RELATED PARTIES

 

In addition to fixed asset purchases (see Note 2), substantially all of service revenues, equipment and other revenues, cost of service, cost of equipment, and selling, general and administrative expenses represent transactions processed by affiliates (Cellco and its related parties) on behalf of the Partnership or represent transactions with affiliates.  These transactions consist of revenues and expenses that pertain to the Partnership which are processed by Cellco and directly attributed to or directly charged to the Partnership.  They also include certain revenues and expenses that are processed or incurred by Cellco which are allocated to the Partnership based on factors such as the Partnership’s percentage of customers, gross customer additions, or minutes of use.  These transactions do not necessarily represent arms length transactions.

 

Service revenues - Service revenues include monthly customer billings processed by Cellco on behalf of the Partnership and roaming revenues relating to customers of other affiliated markets that are specifically identified to the Partnership.  Service revenue also includes long distance, data, and certain revenue reductions including revenue concessions that are processed by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco.

 

Equipment and other revenues - Equipment revenue includes equipment sales processed by Cellco and specifically identified to the Partnership, as well as certain handset and accessory revenues, contra-revenues including equipment concessions, and coupon rebates that are processed by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco.  Other revenues include other fees and surcharges charged to the customer that are specifically identified to the Partnership.

 

Cost of Service - Cost of service includes roaming costs relating to customers roaming in other affiliated markets and switch costs that are specifically identified to the Partnership.  Cost of service also includes cost of telecom, long distance and application content that are incurred by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco.

 

Cost of equipment - Cost of equipment includes the cost of inventory specifically identified and transferred to the Partnership (see Note 2). Cost of equipment also includes certain costs related to handsets, accessories and other costs incurred by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco.

 

Selling, general and administrative - Selling, general and administrative expenses include commissions, customer billing, office telecom, customer care, salaries, sales and marketing and advertising expenses that are specifically identified to the Partnership as well as incurred by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco.

 

6.                       COMMITMENTS

 

Cellco, on behalf of the Partnership, and the Partnership itself have entered into operating leases for facilities, equipment and spectrum used in its operations. Lease contracts include renewal options that include rent expense adjustments based on the Consumer Price Index as well as annual and end-of-lease term adjustments. Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis. The noncancellable lease term used to calculate the amount of the straight-line rent expense is generally determined to be the initial lease term, including any optional renewal terms that are reasonably assured. Leasehold improvements related to these operating leases are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the noncancellable lease term. For the years ended

 

F-66



Table of Contents

 

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Partnership recognized a total of $2,694, $2,463 and $2,511, respectively, as rent expense related to these operating leases, which was included in cost of service expense in the accompanying statements of operations. Aggregate future minimum rental commitments under noncancellable operating leases, excluding renewal options that are not reasonably assured, for the years shown are as follows:

 

Years

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

$

2,670

 

2012

 

2,634

 

2013

 

2,597

 

2014

 

2,516

 

2015

 

2,245

 

2016 and thereafter

 

17,852

 

 

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

 

$

30,514

 

 

From time to time Cellco enters into purchase commitments, primarily for network equipment, on behalf of the Partnership. These represent legal obligations of Cellco.

 

7.                       CONTINGENCIES

 

Cellco is subject to lawsuits and other claims including class actions, product liability, patent infringement, intellectual property, antitrust, partnership disputes, and claims involving relations with resellers and agents. Cellco is also defending lawsuits filed against itself and other participants in the wireless industry alleging various adverse effects as a result of wireless phone usage. Various consumer class action lawsuits allege that Cellco violated certain state consumer protection laws and other statutes and defrauded customers through misleading billing practices or statements. These matters may involve indemnification obligations by third parties and/or affiliated parties covering all or part of any potential damage awards against Cellco and the Partnership and/or insurance coverage. All of the above matters are subject to many uncertainties, and outcomes are not predictable with assurance.

 

The Partnership may be allocated a portion of the damages that may result upon adjudication of these matters if the claimants prevail in their actions. Consequently, the ultimate liability with respect to these matters as of December 31, 2010 cannot be ascertained. The potential effect, if any, on the financial statements of the Partnership, in the period in which these matters are resolved, may be material.

 

In addition to the aforementioned matters, Cellco is subject to various other legal actions and claims in the normal course of business. While Cellco’s legal counsel cannot give assurance as to the outcome of each of these matters, in management’s opinion, based on the advice of such legal counsel, the ultimate liability with respect to any of these actions, or all of them combined, will not materially affect the financial statements of the Partnership.

 

F-67



Table of Contents

 

8.                       RECONCILIATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

Balance at

 

Additions

 

Write-offs

 

Balance at

 

 

 

Beginning

 

Charged to

 

Net of

 

End

 

 

 

of the Year

 

Operations

 

Recoveries

 

of the Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable Allowances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

480

 

$

1,172

 

$

(1,078

)

$

574

 

2009

 

$

385

 

$

1,014

 

$

(919

)

$

480

 

2008

 

$

373

 

$

936

 

$

(924

)

$

385

 

 

******

 

F-68